Sri Garga-samhita
Canto Three
Śrī Girirāja-pūjā-vidhi The Worship of Śrī Girirāja
Verse text
śrī-bahulāśva uvāca
kathaṁ dadhāra bhagavān
giriṁ govardhanaṁ varam
ucchilīndhraṁ yathā bālo
hastenaikena līlayā
Synonyms
śrī-bahulāśva uvāca
—
Śrī Bahulāśva said
;
katham
—
why?
;
dadhāra
—
lifted
;
bhagavān
—
the Lord
;
girim
—
Hill
;
govardhanam
—
Govardhana
;
varam
—
best
;
ucchilīndhram
—
a mushroom
;
yathā
—
as
;
bālaḥ
—
achild
;
hastenaikena
—
with one hand
;
līlayā
—
*playfully.
Translation
Śrī Bahulāśva said: Why did Lord Kṛṣṇa lift Govardhana Hill as a child playfully lifts a mushroom.
Verse text
paripūrṇatamasyāsya
śrī-kṛṣṇasya mahātmanaḥ
vadaitac caritaṁ divyaṁ
adbhutaṁ muni-sattama
Synonyms
paripūrṇatamasya
—
of the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
asya
—
of Him
;
śrī-kṛṣṇasya
—
Śrī Kṛṣṇa
;
mahātmanaḥ
—
the Supreme
;
vada
—
please tell
;
etat
—
that
;
caritam
—
pastime
;
divyam
—
transcendental and glorious
;
adbhutam
—
wonderful
;
muni-sattama
—
*O best of sages.
Translation
O best of sages, please tell that wonderful and glorious transcendental pastime of Lord Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
varṣikaṁ hi karaṁ rājṣe
yathā śakrāya vai tathā
baliṁ dadu prāvṛd-ante
gopāḥ sarve kṛṣīvalaḥ
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
varṣikam
—
annual
;
hi
—
indeed
;
karam
—
tribute
;
rājṣe
—
to the king
;
yathā
—
as
;
śakrāya
—
to Indra
;
vai
—
indeed
;
tathā
—
so
;
balim
—
offering
;
daduḥ
—
gave
;
prāvṛd-ante
—
at thne end of the monsoon season
;
gopāḥ
—
the gopas
;
sarve
—
all
;
kṛṣīvalaḥ
—
*farmers.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: As citizens pay an annual tax to their king, so the gopas, farmers all, at the end of each monsoon season offered a tribute to Indra.
Verse text
mahendra-yāga-sambhāra-
cayaṁ dṛṣṭvaikadā hariḥ
nandaṁ papraccha sadasi
ballavānāṁ ca śṛṇvatām
Synonyms
mahendra-yāga-sambhāra-cayam
—
the arrangements for the indra-yajṣa
;
dṛṣṭva
—
seeing
;
ekadā
—
one day
;
hariḥ
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
nandam
—
to Nanda
;
papraccha
—
asked
;
sadasi
—
in the assmbly
;
ballavānām
—
of gopas
;
ca
—
and
;
śṛṇvatām
—
*listening.
Translation
Noticing the arrangements for the indra-yajṣ, as the gopas listened, Kṛṣṇa asked a question of King Nanda.
Verse text
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
śakrasya pūjanaṁ hy etat
kiṁ phalaṁ cāsya vidyate
laukikaṁ vā vadanty etad
athavā para-laukikam
Synonyms
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead said
;
śakrasya
—
of Indra
;
pūjanam
—
worship
;
hy
—
indeed
;
etat
—
this
;
kim
—
what?
;
phalam
—
result
;
ca
—
and
;
asya
—
of this
;
vidyate
—
is
;
laukikam
—
of the material world
;
vā
—
or
;
vadanty
—
say
;
etat
—
this
;
athavā
—
or
;
para-laukikam
—
*beyond the material world.
Translation
The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: What is the result of this worship of Indra? Do they say it brings a material result or a spiritual result?
Verse text
śrī-nanda uvāca
śakrasya pūjanaṁ hy etad
bhukti-mukti-karaṁ param
etad vinā naro bhūmau
jāyate na sukhī kvacit
Synonyms
śrī-nandaḥ uvāca
—
Śrī Nanda said
;
śakrasya
—
of Indra
;
pūjanam
—
worship
;
hy
—
indeed
;
etat
—
this
;
bhukti-mukti-karam
—
gives sense gratification and liberation
;
param
—
further
;
etat
—
this
;
vinā
—
without
;
naraḥ
—
a person
;
bhūmau
—
on the earth
;
jāyate
—
is born
;
na
—
not
;
sukhī
—
happi
;
kvacit
—
*at all.
Translation
Śrī Nanda said: Worship of Indra brings both sense gratification and liberation. Without it a person cannot be happy in this world.
Verse text
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
śakrādayo deva-gaṇāś ca sarvato
bhuṣjanti ye svarga-sukhaṁ sva-karmabhiḥ
viśanti te martya-padaṁ śubha-kṣaye
tat-sevanaṁ viddhi na mukti-kāraṇam
Synonyms
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead said
;
śakrādayaḥ
—
of Indra
;
deva-gaṇāś
—
the demigods
;
ca
—
and
;
sarvataḥ
—
in all respewcts
;
bhuṣjanti
—
enjoy
;
ye
—
who
;
svarga-sukham
—
heavenly happiness
;
sva-karmabhiḥ
—
by their own karma
;
viśanti
—
enter
;
te
—
they
;
martya-padam
—
the world of human beings
;
śubha
—
of good karma
;
kṣaye
—
on the exhaustion
;
tat-sevanam
—
that service
;
viddhi
—
know
;
na
—
not
;
mukti-kāraṇam
—
*the cause of liberation.
Translation
The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: Indra and the other demigods enjoy living in Svargaloka because of their past karma. When their good karma is exhausted they again enter the world of humans. Please understand that worshiping them does not bring liberation.
Verse text
bhayaṁ bhaved vai parameṣṭhino yato
vārtā tu ka kau kila tat-kṛtātmanām
tasmāt paraṁ kālam anantam eva hi
sarvaṁ baliṣṭhaṁ su-budhā viduḥ pare
Synonyms
bhayam
—
fear
;
bhavet
—
is
;
vai
—
indeed
;
parameṣṭhinaḥ
—
of Brahmā
;
yataḥ
—
because
;
vārtā
—
message
;
tu
—
indeed
;
ka
—
what?
;
kau
—
on the earth
;
kila
—
indeed
;
tat-kṛtātmanām
—
of they who have done that
;
tasmāt
—
from that
;
param
—
greater
;
kālam
—
time
;
anantam
—
endless
;
eva
—
indeed
;
hi
—
indeed
;
sarvam
—
all
;
baliṣṭham
—
strongest
;
su-budhā
—
very wise
;
viduḥ
—
know
;
pare
—
*others.
Translation
Even the demigod Brahmā is afraid of that, so what may be said of fruitive workers on the earth? They are are actually wise say that endless time is the most powerful, the supreme.
Verse text
tatas tam āśritya su-karmabhiḥ paraṁ
bhajed dhariṁ yajṣā-patiṁ sureśvaram
viśrjya sarvaṁ manasā kṛteḥ phalaṁ
vrajet paraṁ mokṣam asau na cānyathā
Synonyms
tataḥ
—
then
;
tam
—
him
;
āśritya
—
taking shelter
;
su-karmabhiḥ
—
by karma
;
param
—
suopreme
;
bhajet
—
worship
;
dharim
—
Lord Hari
;
yajṣā-patim
—
the master of sacrifices
;
sureśvaram
—
the master of the demigods
;
viśrjya
—
abandoning
;
sarvam
—
all
;
manasā
—
by the mind
;
kṛteḥ
—
done
;
phalam
—
result
;
vrajet
—
obtains
;
param
—
ultimate
;
mokṣam
—
liberation
;
asau
—
he
;
na
—
not
;
ca
—
and
;
anyathā
—
*otherwise.
Translation
With all their heart renouncing all material pious results, the wise take shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and worship Him with the best of pious deeds. They, and not others, attain final liberation.
Verse text
go-vipra-sādhv-agni-surāḥ śrutis tathā
dharmaś ca yajṣādhipater vibhūtayaḥ
dhiṣṇyeṣu caiteṣu hariṁ bhajanti ye
sa tv ihāmutra sukhaṁ vrajanti te
Synonyms
gaḥ
—
cows
;
vipra
—
brāhmaṇas
;
sādhu
—
saintly persons
;
agni
—
fire-gods
;
surāḥ
—
demigods
;
śrutiḥ
—
Vedas
;
tathā
—
so
;
dharmaś
—
religion
;
ca
—
and
;
yajṣādhipateḥ
—
of the Lord of sacrifices
;
vibhūtayaḥ
—
potencies
;
dhiṣṇyeṣu
—
in places
;
ca
—
and
;
eteṣu
—
these
;
harim
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
bhajanti
—
worship
;
ye
—
who
;
sa
—
and
;
tu
—
indeed
;
iha
—
here
;
amutra
—
in the next life
;
sukham
—
happiness
;
vrajanti
—
attain
;
te
—
*they.
Translation
The cows, saintly persons, fire-gods, demigods, Vedas, and principles of religion are all potencies of Lord Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. They who, instead of worshiping the demigods, worship Lord Hari, attain happiness in this life and the next.
Verse text
samutthito 'sau hari-vakṣaso girir
govardhano nāma girīndra-rāja-rāṭ
samāgato hy atra pulastya-tejasā
yad-darśanāj janma punar na vidyate
Synonyms
samutthitaḥ
—
born
;
asau
—
it
;
hari
—
of Lord Kṛṣṇa's
;
vakṣasaḥ
—
chest
;
girir govardhanaḥ
—
Govardhana Hill
;
nāma
—
named
;
girīndra
—
the king of moutnains
;
rāja-rāṭ
—
the king of the king
;
samāgataḥ
—
came
;
hy
—
indeed
;
atra
—
here
;
pulastya-tejasā
—
by the power of Pulastya Muni
;
yad-darśanāt
—
by seeing it
;
janma
—
birth
;
punaḥ
—
again
;
na
—
not
;
vidyate
—
*is.
Translation
The hill named Govardhana is the king of the kings of the kings of mountains. It was born from Lord Hari's own chest. It has come here by the power of Pulastya Muni. By seeing it one becomes free from having to take birth again in this world.
Verse text
sampūjya go-vipra-surān mahādraye
dātavyam adyaiva paraṁ hy upāyanam
eṣa priyo me makha-rāja eva hi
na ced yathecchāsti tathā kuru vraja
Synonyms
sampūjya
—
worshiping
;
go-vipra-surān
—
the cows, brāhmaṇas, and demigods
;
mahādraye
—
to the great hill
;
dātavyam
—
should be given
;
adya
—
now
;
eva
—
indeed
;
param
—
great
;
hy
—
indeed
;
upāyanam
—
method
;
eṣa
—
this
;
priyaḥ
—
dear
;
me
—
to Me
;
makha-rāja
—
the king of sacrifices
;
eva
—
indeed
;
hi
—
indeed
;
na
—
not
;
cet
—
if
;
yathā
—
as
;
icchā
—
desire
;
asti
—
is
;
tathā
—
so
;
kuru
—
do
;
vraja
—
*go.
Translation
First worship the cows, brāhmaṇas, and demigods, and then make a great offering to Govardhana Hill. That offering is the king of yajṣas and it is very dear to Me. If you do not desire to make that offering, then do whatever you wish.
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
teṣāṁ madhye 'tha sannando
gopo vṛddho 'ti-nīti-vit
ati-prasannaḥ śrī-kṛṣṇaṁ
aha nandasya śṛṇvataḥ
Synonyms
śrī-nāradaḥ uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
teṣām
—
of them
;
madhye
—
in the midst
;
atha
—
then
;
sannandaḥ
—
Sannanda
;
gopaḥ
—
gopa
;
vṛddhaḥ
—
elderly
;
ati-nīti-vit
—
learned in the principles of proper conduct
;
ati-prasannaḥ
—
very happy
;
śrī-kṛṣṇam
—
to Śrī Kṛṣṇa
;
aha
—
said
;
nandasya
—
of Nanda
;
śṛṇvataḥ
—
*listening.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: Among them the elderly gopa Sannanda, who throughly knew the real principles of religion, became very pleased. As bewildered Nanda listened, Sannanda spoke to Lord Kṛṣṇa.
Verse text
śrī-sannanda uvāca
he nanda-sūno he tāta
tvaṁ sākṣāj jṣāna-śevadhiḥ
kartavyā kena vidhinā
pūjādrer vada tattvataḥ
Synonyms
śrī-sannanda uvāca
—
Śrī Sannanda said
;
he
—
O
;
nanda-sūnaḥ
—
son of Nanda
;
he
—
O
;
tāta
—
dear one
;
tvam
—
You
;
sākṣāj
—
directly
;
jṣāna
—
of knowledge
;
śevadhiḥ
—
the treasure
;
kartavyā
—
should be done
;
kena
—
by what?
;
vidhinā
—
method of worship
;
pūjā
—
the worship
;
adreḥ
—
of the hill
;
vada
—
please tell
;
tattvataḥ
—
*in truth.
Translation
Śrī Sannanda said: Dear son of Nanda, You are wealthy with a great treasury of transcendental knowledge. How should the hill be worshiped? Please truthfully tell.
Verse text
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
ālipya go-mayenāpi
giri-rāja-bhuvaṁ hy adhaḥ
dhṛtvātha sarva-sambhāraṁ
bhakti-yogo jitendriyaḥ
Synonyms
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead said
;
ālipya
—
anointing
;
go-mayena
—
with cow-dung
;
api
—
even
;
giri-rāja-bhuvam
—
the ground of the king of mountains
;
hy
—
indeed
;
adhaḥ
—
beneath
;
dhṛtvātha
—
accepting
;
sarva-sambhāram
—
all ingredients
;
bhakti-yogaḥ
—
devotional service
;
jita
—
conquered
;
indriyaḥ
—
*the senses.
Translation
The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: A person who controls his senses and engages in devotional service should collect the ingredients for the worship, anoint Govardhana Hill with cow-dung, . . .
Verse text
sahasra-śīrṣa-mantreṇā-
draye snānaṁ ca kārayet
gaṅgā-jalena yamunā-
jalenāpi dvijaiḥ saha
Synonyms
sahasra-śīrṣa-mantreṇa
—
with the mantra for the thousand-headed Puruṣa
;
adraye
—
the hill
;
snānam
—
bathing
;
ca
—
and
;
kārayet
—
should do
;
gaṅgā
—
Gaṅgā
;
jalena
—
with water
;
yamunā
—
Yamunā
;
jalenāpi
—
with water
;
dvijaiḥ
—
brāhmaṇas
;
saha
—
*with.
Translation
. . . and, as he chants the mantras for the thousand-headed Puruṣa, with other brāhmaṇas bathe the hill with Gaṅgā water and Yamunā water.
Verse text
śukla-go-dugdha-dhārābhis
tataḥ paṣcāmṛtair girim
snāpayitvā gandha-puṣpaiḥ
punaḥ kṛṣṇā-jalena vai
Synonyms
śukla
—
white
;
gaḥ
—
cows'
;
dugdha
—
milk
;
dhārābhiḥ
—
with streams
;
tataḥ
—
then
;
paṣcāmṛtaiḥ
—
with pancamrta
;
girim
—
the hill
;
snāpayitvā
—
bathing
;
gandha-puṣpaiḥ
—
wioth fragrant flowers
;
punaḥ
—
again
;
kṛṣṇā-jalena
—
with Yamunā water
;
vai
—
*indeed.
Translation
Then he should bathe the hill with streams of white milk, paṣāmṛta, fragrant flowers, and then Yamunā water again.
Verse text
vastraṁ divyaṁ ca naivedyaṁ
āsanaṁ sarvato 'dhikam
mālālaṅkāra-nicayaṁ
dattvā dīpāvaliṁ parām
Synonyms
vastram
—
garments
;
divyam
—
splendid
;
ca
—
and
;
naivedyam
—
food
;
āsanam
—
a seat
;
sarvataḥ
—
than all
;
adhikam
—
better
;
mālā
—
garlands
;
alaṅkāra
—
ornaments
;
nicayam
—
many
;
dattvā
—
giving
;
dīpāvalim
—
a series of lamps
;
parām
—
*great.
Translation
Then he should offer splendid garments, food, a great throne, many garlands and ornaments, and many lamps.
Verse text
tataḥ pradakṣiṇāṁ kuryān
namaskuryāt tataḥ param
kṛtāṣjali-puṭo bhūtvā
tv idam evam udīrayet
Synonyms
tataḥ
—
then
;
pradakṣiṇām
—
circumambulation
;
kuryān
—
should do
;
namaskuryāt
—
offer obeisances
;
tataḥ
—
then
;
param
—
then
;
kṛtāṣjali-puṭaḥ
—
with folded hands
;
bhūtvā
—
becoming
;
tv
—
indeed
;
idam
—
this
;
evam
—
thus
;
udīrayet
—
*should recite.
Translation
Then he should circumambulate the hill, offer obeisances, and with folded hands recite this mantra:
Verse text
namo vṛndāvanāṅkāya
tubhyaṁ goloka-mauline
pūrṇa-brahmātapatrāya
namo govardhanāya ca
Synonyms
namaḥ
—
obeisances
;
vṛndāvanaṅkāya
—
to the lap of Vṛndāvana
;
tubhyam
—
to You
;
goloka-mauline
—
the crowen of Goloka
;
pūrṇa-brahma
—
of the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
atapatrāya
—
the umbrella
;
namaḥ
—
obeisances
;
govardhanāya
—
to Govardhana Hill
;
ca
—
*and.
Translation
Obeisances to you, who are Goloka's crown and the lap where Vṛndāvana forest grows! Obeisances to Govardhana Hill, the Supreme Personality of Godhead's parasol!
Verse text
puṣpāṣjaliṁ tataḥ kuryān
nīrājanam ataḥ param
ghaṇṭā-kaṁsya-mṛdaṅgādyair
vāditrair madhura-svanaiḥ
Synonyms
puṣpa
—
of flowers
;
aṣjalim
—
handful
;
tataḥ
—
then
;
kuryān
—
should do
;
nīrājanam
—
arati
;
ataḥ param
—
then
;
ghaṇṭā-kaṁsya
—
karatals
;
mṛdaṅga
—
mrdangas
;
ādyaiḥ
—
beginning with
;
vāditraiḥ
—
with musical instruments
;
madhura-svanaiḥ
—
*with sweet sounds.
Translation
Then he should offer a handful of flowers and then, as mṛdaṅgas, karatālas and other musical instruments make sweet sounds, he should offer ārati to Govardhana Hill.
Verse text
vedāham etaṁ mantreṇa
varṣa-lājaiḥ samācaret
tat-samīpe cānna-kūṭaṁ
kuryāc chraddhā-samanvitaḥ
vedāham etaṁ puruṣaṁ mahantam
āditya-varṇaṁ tamasaḥ purastāt
tam eva viditvāti-mṛtyum eti
nānyaḥ panthā vidyate 'yanāya
"I know that Supreme Personality of Godhead who is transcendental to all material conceptions of darkness. Only he who knows Him can transcend the bonds of birth and death. There is no way for liberation other than this knowledge of the Supreme Person."\
Synonyms
veda
—
know
;
aham
—
I
;
etam
—
this
;
mantreṇa
—
with mantra
;
varṣa-lājaiḥ
—
with a shower of grains
;
samācaret
—
should worship
;
tat-samīpe
—
near it
;
ca
—
and
;
anna
—
of food
;
kūṭam
—
a hill
;
kuryāc
—
should do
;
chraddhā-samanvitaḥ
—
*with faith.
Translation
Then he should chant the mantra that begins with vedāham", and then he should throw a shower of grains. In this way he should worship the hill. Then with great faith he should place a hill of food near Govardhana Hill.
Note: The mantra here is Śrī Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 3.8:
Verse text
kacolānāṁ catuḥ-śaṣṭi-
paṣca-paṅkti-samanvitam
tulasī-dala-misraiś ca
śrī-gaṅgā-yamunā-jalaiḥ
Synonyms
kacolānām
—
of cups
;
catuḥ-śaṣṭi-paṣca-paṅkti-samanvitam
—
with rows of four, six and five
;
tulasī-dala-misraiś
—
mixed with tulasī leaves
;
ca
—
and
;
śrī-gaṅgā-yamunā-jalaiḥ
—
*with Gaṅgā and Yamunā water.
Translation
Then he should offer four, six, and five cups of Gaṅgā and Yamunā water mixed with tulasī leaves.
Verse text
ṣaṭ-paṣcāśattamair bhāgair
kuryāt sevāṁ samāhitaḥ
tato 'gnīn brāhmaṇān pūjya
gāḥ surān gandha-puṣpakaiḥ
Synonyms
ṣaṭ-paṣcāśattamaiḥ
—
with fifty-six
;
bhāgaiḥ
—
kinds
;
kuryāt
—
should do
;
sevām
—
service
;
samāhitaḥ
—
with a peaceful heart
;
tataḥ
—
then
;
agnīn
—
the fire-gods
;
brāhmaṇān
—
the brāhmaṇas
;
pūjya
—
worshipinf
;
gāḥ
—
the cows
;
surān
—
the demigods
;
gandha-puṣpakaiḥ
—
*with fragrant flowers.
Translation
Then, with a peaceful heart, he should serve Govardhana Hill by offering it a feast of fifty-six kinds of food. Then with fragrant flowers he should worship the fire-gods, brāhmaṇas, cows, and demigods.
Verse text
bhojayitvā dvija-varān
saugandhair miṣṭa-bhojanaiḥ
anyebhyaś cāśvapākebhyo
dadyād bhojanam uttamam
Synonyms
bhojayitvā
—
after feeding
;
dvija-varān
—
the brāhmaṇa
;
saugandhaiḥ
—
with fragrant
;
miṣṭa-bhojanaiḥ
—
delicious food
;
anyebhyaś
—
others
;
ca
—
and
;
ā-śvapākebhyaḥ
—
down to the dogeaters
;
dadyāt
—
should give
;
bhojanam
—
food
;
uttamam
—
*the best.
Translation
After feeding the exalted brāhmaṇas with fragrant and delicious foods, he should also give excellent foods to the others, even down to the dogeaters.
Verse text
gopī-gopāla-vṛndaiś ca
gavāṁ nṛtyaṁ ca kārayet
maṅgalair jaya-śabdaiś ca
kuryād govardhanotsavam
Synonyms
gopī-gopāla-vṛndaiḥ
—
by the gopas and gopīs
;
ca
—
and
;
gavām
—
of the cows
;
nṛtyam
—
dancing
;
ca
—
and
;
kārayet
—
should make
;
maṅgalaiḥ
—
auspicious
;
jaya
—
victory
;
śabdaiḥ
—
with sounds
;
ca
—
and
;
kuryāt
—
should do
;
govardhana
—
for Govardhana Hill
;
utsavam
—
*a festival.
Translation
Then he should have the gopas and gopīs dance among the cows and call out "Victory!" In this way he should perform a festival to worship Govardhana Hill.
Verse text
yatra govardhanābhāvas
tatra pūjā-vidhiṁ śṛṇu
go-mayair vardhanaṁ kuryāt
tad-ākāraṁ paronnatam
Synonyms
yatra
—
where
;
govardhana
—
Govardhana Hill
;
abhāvaḥ
—
is not
;
tatra
—
there
;
pūjā-vidhim
—
the method of worship
;
śṛṇu
—
hear
;
go-mayaiḥ
—
with cow-dung
;
vardhanam
—
increased
;
kuryāt
—
should do
;
tad-ākāram
—
the form of Govardhana Hill
;
para-unnatam
—
*lofty.
Translation
Now please hear how this worship should be performed when one is not near Govardhana Hill. One should make from cow-dung a model of Govardhana Hill.
Verse text
puṣpa-vyūhair latā-jālair
īṣikābhiḥ samanvitaḥ
pūjanīyaḥ sadā martyair
girir govardhano bhuvi
Synonyms
puṣpa-vyūhaiḥ
—
with many flowers
;
latā-jālaiḥ
—
with a network of vines
;
īṣikābhiḥ
—
with grass
;
samanvitaḥ
—
with
;
pūjanīyaḥ
—
the object of worship
;
sadā
—
always
;
martyaiḥ
—
by human beings
;
giriḥ govardhanaḥ
—
Govardhana Hill
;
bhuvi
—
*on the earth.
Translation
Human beings on this earth should decorate thet model with many flowers, blades of grass, and a network of vines, and regularly offer worship to it.
Verse text
śilā-samānaṁ puraṭaṁ
kṣiptvādrau tac-chilāṁ nayet
gṛhṇīyād yo vinā svarṇaṁ
sa mahā-rauravaṁ vrajet
Synonyms
śilā-samānam
—
nuggets
;
puraṭam
—
gold
;
kṣiptvā
—
ignoring
;
adrau
—
on the hill
;
tac-chilām
—
the stone
;
nayet
—
takes
;
gṛhṇīyāt
—
may take
;
yaḥ
—
who
;
vinā
—
without
;
svarṇam
—
gold
;
sa
—
he
;
mahā-rauravam
—
to a great hell
;
vrajet
—
*goes.
Translation
A person who has a mountain of gold but does not use it to worship a stone he has taken from Govardhana Hill, goes to a terrible hell.
Verse text
śālagrāmasya devasya
sevanaṁ kārayet sadā
pātakaṁ na spṛśet taṁ vai
padma-patraṁ yathā jalam
Synonyms
śālagrāmasya
—
of Śālagrāma
;
devasya
—
of the Lord
;
sevanam
—
service
;
kārayet
—
should do
;
sadā
—
regularly
;
pātakam
—
to hell
;
na
—
not
;
spṛśet
—
may touch
;
tam
—
him
;
vai
—
indeed
;
padma
—
lotus
;
patram
—
leaf
;
yathā
—
as
;
jalam
—
*water.
Translation
A person who regularly worships the Lord's form as Śālagrāma-śilā is not touched by hell as a lotus leaf is not touched by water.
Verse text
giri-rāja-śilā-sevāṁ
yaḥ karoti dvijottamaḥ
sapta-dvīpa-mahi-tīrthā-
vagāha-phalam eti saḥ
Synonyms
giri-rāja
—
of Govardhana Hill
;
śilā
—
stone
;
sevām
—
service
;
yaḥ
—
one who
;
karoti
—
does
;
dvijottamaḥ
—
the best of brāhmaṇas
;
sapta-dvīpa
—
of the seven continents
;
mahi-tīrtha
—
in the great holy places
;
avagāha
—
of bathing
;
phalam
—
the result
;
eti
—
attains
;
saḥ
—
*he.
Translation
An exalted brāhmaṇa who reularly serves a stone from Govardhana Hill attains the result of having bathed in all the holy rivers and lakes in the seven worlds.
Verse text
giri-rāja-mahā-pūjāṁ
varṣe varṣe karoti yaḥ
iha sarva-sukhaṁ bhuktvā-
mutra mokṣaṁ prayāti saḥ
Synonyms
giri-rāja
—
of Govardhana Hill
;
mahā
—
great
;
pūjām
—
worship
;
varṣe
—
year
;
varṣe
—
after year
;
karoti
—
does
;
yaḥ
—
who
;
iha
—
here
;
sarva-sukham
—
all happiness
;
bhuktvā-
—
enjoying
;
amutra
—
in the next life
;
mokṣam
—
liberation
;
prayāti
—
attains
;
saḥ
—
*he.
Translation
A person who year after year elaborately worships Govardhana Hill attains all happiness in this life and liberation in the next.
.pa
Chapter Two Śrī Girirāja-mahotsava The Great Festival of Śrī Girirāja
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
śrutvā vaco nanda-sutasya sākṣāc
chrī-nanda-sannanda-varā vrajeśāḥ
su-vismitāḥ pūrva-kṛtaṁ vihāya
pracakrire śrī-girirāja-pūjām
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
śrutvā
—
hearing
;
vacaḥ
—
the words
;
nanda-sutasya
—
of Nanda's son
;
sākṣāc
—
directly
;
śrī-nanda-sannanda-varā
—
Nanda and Sannanda
;
vrajeśāḥ
—
the rulers of Vraja
;
su-vismitāḥ
—
struck with wonder
;
pūrva-kṛtam
—
previously done
;
vihāya
—
placing
;
pracakrire
—
did
;
śrī-girirāja-pūjam
—
*the worship of Govardhana Hill.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: Hearing Śrī Kṛṣṇa's words, Nanda, Sannanda, and the other rulers of Vraja were filled with wonder. Abandoning what they had done, they performed the worship of Govardhana Hill.
Verse text
nitvā balīn maithila nanda-rājaḥ
sutau samānīya ca rāma-kṛṣṇau
yaśodayā śrī-giri-pūjanārthaṁ
samutsuko garga-yutaḥ prasannaḥ
Synonyms
nitvā
—
taking
;
balīn
—
offerings
;
maithila
—
O king of Mithilā
;
nanda-rājaḥ
—
King Nanda
;
sutau
—
sons
;
samānīya
—
bringing
;
ca
—
and
;
rāma
—
Balarāma
;
kṛṣṇau
—
and Kṛṣṇa
;
yaśodayā
—
with Yaśodā
;
śrī-giri-pūjanārtham
—
to worship Govardhana Hill
;
samutsukaḥ
—
eager
;
garga-yutaḥ
—
with Garga Muni
;
prasannaḥ
—
*happy.
Translation
O king of Mithilā, taking many offerings, King Nanda, Yaśodā, their two sons Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma, and Garga Muni, all eager and joyful, went to worship Govardhana Hill.
Verse text
tvaraṁ samāruhya mahonnataṁ gajaṁ
vicitra-varṇaṁ dhṛta-hema-śṛṅkhalam
govardhanāntaṁ prayayau gavāṁ gaṇaiḥ
śarad-dhanaiḥ śakra iva priyā-yutaḥ
Synonyms
tvaram
—
atb once
;
samāruhya
—
mounting
;
mahonnatam
—
a tall
;
gajam
—
elephant
;
vicitra-varṇam
—
wonderfully colored
;
dhṛta
—
wearing
;
hema
—
golden
;
śṛṅkhalam
—
shackles
;
govardhanāntam
—
the edge of Govardhana Hill
;
prayayau
—
approached
;
gavām
—
of cows
;
gaṇaiḥ
—
with the herds
;
śarad-dhanaiḥ
—
with the wealth of the autumn harvest
;
śakraḥ
—
Indra
;
iva
—
like
;
priyā-yutaḥ
—
*with his beloved.
Translation
Quickly climbing on a wonderfully decorated great elephant chained with golden shackles, Nanda went, with the many cows and with the wealth of the autumn harvest, to the edge of Govardhana Hill. He looked like Indra Himself, accompanied by his beloved.
Verse text
nandopanandā vṛṣabhānavaś ca
putraiś ca pautraiś ca sahāṅganābhiḥ
samāyayuḥ śrī-girirāja-pārśvaṁ
sarvaṁ samānīya ca yajṣa-bhāram
Synonyms
nanda-upanandāḥ
—
the Nandas and Upanandas
;
vṛṣabhānavaḥ
—
the Vṛṣabhānus
;
ca
—
and
;
putraiḥ
—
with children
;
ca
—
and
;
pautraiḥ
—
with grandchildren
;
ca
—
and
;
saha
—
with
;
aṅganābhiḥ
—
wives
;
samāyayuḥ
—
went
;
śrī-girirāja-pārśvam
—
to the side of Govardhana Hill
;
sarvam
—
all
;
samānīya
—
taking
;
ca
—
and
;
yajṣa-bhāram
—
*ingredients for the yajna.
Translation
Bringing the ingredients for the performing the yajṣa, the Nandas, Upanandas, and Vṛṣabhānus, along with their wives, children, and grandchildren, went to Govardhana Hill.
Verse text
sahasra-bālārka-parisphurad-dyutiṁ
āruhya rādhā śibikāṁ sakhī-gaṇaiḥ
śacīva divyāmbara-ratna-bhūṣaṇā
babhau cakorī-bhramarī-samākulā
Synonyms
sahasra
—
a thousand
;
bālārka
—
rising suns
;
parisphurad-dyutim
—
splendid
;
āruhya
—
climbing
;
rādhā
—
Rādhā
;
śibikām
—
a palanquin
;
sakhī-gaṇaiḥ
—
with Her friends
;
śacī
—
Śacī
;
iva
—
like
;
divyāmbara-ratna-bhūṣaṇā
—
with splendid garmenbts and ornaments
;
babhau
—
shone
;
cakorī-bhramarī-samākulā
—
*accompanied by cakoris and beees.
Translation
Dressed in splendid garments and jewel ornaments, and eager as a cakorī bird or a bumblebee, as She rode in a palanquin with Her friends, Rādhā looked like Śacī herself.
Verse text
samāgate pārśva-gate sv-alaṅkṛte
rājan sakhī-koṭi-samavṛte pare
sakhyau vibhāte lalitā-viśākhe
candrānane cālita-cāru-cāmare
Synonyms
samāgate
—
come
;
pārśva-gate
—
to the side of the hill
;
sv-alaṅkṛte
—
nicely devorated
;
rājan
—
O king
;
sakhī-koṭi-samavṛte
—
surrounded by millions of friends
;
pare
—
supreme
;
sakhyau
—
friends
;
vibhāte
—
manifested
;
lalitā-viśākhe
—
Lalitā and Viśākhā
;
candrānane
—
their faces shining like the moon
;
cālita
—
moving
;
cāru
—
beautiful
;
cāmare
—
*camaras.
Translation
O king, nicely decorated, gracefully moving two beautiful cāmaras, accompanied by millions of gopī friends, and their faces splendid as two moons, Rādhā's best friends, Lalitā and Viśākhā, gloriously stood by Her side.
Verse text
evaṁ ramā vai virajā ca mādhavī
māyā ca kṛṣṇā nṛpa jahnu-nandinī
dva-triṁśad-aṣṭau ca tathā hi ṣoḍaśa
sakhyaś ca tāsāṁ kila yūtha āgataḥ
Synonyms
evam
—
thus
;
ramā
—
Ramā
;
vai
—
indeed
;
virajā
—
Virajā
;
ca
—
and
;
mādhavī
—
Mādhavī
;
māyā
—
Māyā
;
ca
—
and
;
kṛṣṇā
—
Yamunā
;
nṛpa
—
O king
;
jahnu-nandinī
—
Gaṅgā
;
dva-triṁśat
—
32
;
aṣṭau
—
eight
;
ca
—
and
;
tathā hi
—
furthermore
;
ṣoḍaśa
—
16
;
sakhyaḥ
—
friends
;
ca
—
and
;
tāsām
—
of them
;
kila
—
indeed
;
yūtha
—
groups
;
āgatah
—
*arrived.
Translation
Then Ramā, Virajā, Mādhavī, Māyā, Yamunā, and Gaṅgā, accompanied by thirty-two, eight, and sixteen groups of gopīs, arrived.
Verse text
śrī-maithilānāṁ kila kosalānāṁ
tathā śrutīnāṁ ṛṣi-rūpa-kāraṇam
tathā tv ayodhyā-pura-vāsinīnāṁ
śrī-yajṣa-sītā-vana-vāsinīnām
Synonyms
śrī-maithilānām
—
of the residents of Mithilā
;
kila
—
indeed
;
kosalānām
—
of the residents of Kosala
;
tathā
—
so
;
śrutīnām
—
of personified Vedas
;
ṛṣi-rūpakānām
—
of the sages
;
tathā
—
so
;
tv
—
indeed
;
ayodhyā-pura-vāsinīnām
—
of the residnts of Ayodhyā
;
śrī-yajṣa-sītā
—
of the Yajṣa-Sītās
;
vana
—
of the forest
;
vāsinīnām
—
*of the residents.
Translation
In their previous births these gopīs had been the women of Mithilā, the women of Kosala, the personified Vedas, the great sages, the women of Ayodhyā, the Yajṣa-Sītās, the women of the forest, . . .
Verse text
ramādi-vaikuṇṭha-nivāsinīnāṁ
tathordhva-vaikuṇṭha-nivāsinīnām
mahojjvala-dvīpa-nivāsinīnāṁ
dhruvādi-lokācala-vāsinīnām
Synonyms
ramā
—
with ramā
;
ādi
—
beginning
;
vaikuṇṭha-nivāsinīnām
—
the women of Vaikuṇṭha
;
tathā
—
so
;
ūrdhva-vaikuṇṭha-nivāsinīnām
—
the women of the highest Vaikuṇṭha planet
;
mahojjvala-dvīpa-nivāsinīnām
—
the women of the most splendid continents
;
dhruva
—
Dhruvaloka
;
ādi
—
beginning with
;
lokācala
—
Lokacalka
;
vāsinīnām
—
*residents.
Translation
. . . the women of Vaikuṇṭha, who have Ramā as their leader, the women of the highest Vaikuṇṭha realm, the women of various effulgent realms, the women of Dhruvaloka and Lokācala, . . .
Verse text
samudrajā-divya-guṇa-trayāṇāṁ
adivya-vaimanikajausādhinām
jalandharīnāṁ ca samudra-kanyā-
barhiṣmatījā-sutala-sthitānām
Synonyms
samudrajā-divya-guṇa-trayāṇām
—
the goddess of fortune's friends, who have three transcendental virtues
;
adivya-vaimanikajā
—
the women riding in airplanes
;
ausādhinām
—
the vines and plants
;
jalandharīnām
—
the Jalandharis
;
ca
—
and
;
samudra-kanyā
—
the daughters of the ocean
;
barhiṣmatījā
—
the daughters of King barhiṣmati
;
sutala-sthitānām
—
*the women of Sutalaloka.
Translation
. . . Lakṣmī's friends splendid with three transcendental virtues, the women riding in airplanes, vines and plants, jālandharīs, the daughters of the ocean, the daughters of King Barhiṣmati, the women of Sutalaloka, . . .
Verse text
tathāpsaraḥ-sarva-phaṇīndra-jānām
āsāṁ ca yūtha-vraja-vāsinīnām
samāyayuḥ śrī-girirāja-pārśvaṁ
sv-alaṅkṛtāḥ pāṇi-bali-pradīpāḥ
Synonyms
tathā
—
so
;
apsaraḥ
—
apsarās
;
sarva-phanīndra-jānām
—
all the daughters of then king of serpents
;
āsām
—
of them
;
ca
—
and
;
yūtha
—
groups
;
vraja
—
of Vraja
;
vāsinīnām
—
of the residents
;
samāyayuḥ
—
came
;
śrī-girirāja-pārśvam
—
to the side of Govardhana Hill
;
sv-alaṅkṛtāḥ
—
nicely decorated
;
pāṇi
—
hands
;
bali
—
with offerings
;
pradīpāḥ
—
*splendid.
Translation
. . . the apsarās, and all the serpent king's daughters. Now, as girls of Vraja, nicely decorated, and their hands splendid with many offerings, they approached Govardhana Hill.
Verse text
gopaś ca vṛddhaḥ śiśavo yuvānaḥ
pītambaroṣṇīśaka-barha-maṇḍitāḥ
śrī-hāra-guṣjā-vana-mālikābhī
rejuḥ sametā nava-yaṣṭi-veṇubhiḥ
Synonyms
gopaḥ
—
gopas
;
ca
—
and
;
vṛddhaḥ
—
adults
;
śiśavaḥ
—
boys
;
yuvānaḥ
—
youths
;
pīta
—
yellow
;
ambara
—
garments
;
uṣṇīśaka
—
turbans
;
barha
—
with peacock feathers
;
maṇḍitāḥ
—
decorated
;
śrī-hāra
—
beautiful necklaces
;
guṣjā
—
gunja
;
vana
—
forest
;
mālikābhiḥ
—
with garlands
;
rejuḥ
—
shone
;
sametā
—
assembled
;
nava
—
new
;
yaṣṭi
—
sticks
;
veṇubhiḥ
—
*and flutes.
Translation
Then the gopa men, adolescents, and boys, dressed in yellow garments, wearing turbans crowned with peacock feathers, decorated with beautiful necklaces, guṣjā, and forest garlands, and holding new flutes and sticks, came.
Verse text
śrutvotsavaṁ śaila-varasya man-mukhād
gaṅgā-dharo baddha-kaparda-maṇḍalaḥ
kapāla-bhṛnn asthija-bhasma-rūṣitaḥ
sarpāli-mālā-valayair vibhūṣitaḥ
Hearing of the Govardhana festival from my mouth, carrying the Gaṅgā in his matted locks, wearing a necklace of skulls, his body anointed with the powder of bones, decorated with a necklace and bracelets of many snakes, . . .
Synonyms
śrutvā
—
hearing
;
utsavam
—
the festival
;
śaila-varasya
—
of the king of mountains
;
man-mukhāt
—
from my mouth
;
gaṅgā-dharaḥ
—
carrying the Ganges
;
baddha-kaparda-maṇḍalaḥ
—
matted hair
;
kapāla-bhṛnn
—
with a necklace of skulls
;
asthija-bhasma-rūṣitaḥ
—
anointed with dust from bones
;
sarpāli
—
serpents
;
mālā-valayaiḥ
—
with garlands and bracelets
;
vibhūṣitaḥ
—
*decorated
Verse text
dhattūra-bhaṅga-viṣa-pāna-vihvalo
himādri-putrī-sahito gaṇāvṛtaḥ
āruhya nandīśvaram ādi-vāhanaṁ
samāyayau śrī-girirāja-maṇḍalam
Synonyms
dhattūra-bhaṅga-viṣa-pāna-vihvalaḥ
—
agitated by haviung drunk dhattura poison
;
himādri-putrī-sahitaḥ
—
accompasnied by Pārvatī
;
gaṇāvṛtaḥ
—
accompanied by many associates
;
āruhya
—
climbing
;
nandīśvaram
—
Nandi
;
ādi-vāhanam
—
his transcendental carrier
;
samāyayau
—
*came śrī-girirāja-maṇḍalam—to the circle of Govardhana Hill.
Translation
. . . reeling from having drunk dhattura poison, acompanied by Pārvatī and his many associates, and riding on his carrier Nandī, Lord Śiva came to the circle of Govardhana Hill.
Verse text
rājarṣi-viprarṣi-surarṣayaś ca
siddheśa-yogeśvara-haṁsa-mukhyāḥ
ājagmur ārād giri-darśanārthaṁ
sahasraśo vipra-gaṇāḥ sametāḥ
Synonyms
rājarṣi-viprarṣi-surarṣayaḥ
—
the rājarṣis, viprarṣis, and surarṣis
;
ca
—
and
;
siddheśa-yogeśvara-haṁsa
—
the siddheśas, yogeśvaras, and haṁsas
;
mukhyāḥ
—
headed by
;
ājagmuḥ
—
came
;
ārāt
—
near
;
giri-darśanārtham
—
to see Govardhana Hill
;
sahasraśaḥ
—
many thousands
;
vipra-gaṇāḥ
—
brāhmaṇas
;
sametāḥ
—
*come.
Translation
Many thousands of rājarṣis, viprarṣis, surarṣis, siddheśas, yogeśvaras, paramahaṁsas, and brāhmaṇas came to see Govardhana Hill.
Verse text
govardhano ratna-śilā-mayo 'bhūt
suvarṇa-śṛṅgaiḥ paritaḥ sphuradbhiḥ
mattālibhir nirjhara-sundarībhir
dārībhir uccāṅga-karīva rājan
Synonyms
govardhanaḥ
—
Govardhana Hill
;
ratna-śilā-mayaḥ
—
whose stones were jewels
;
abhūt
—
became
;
suvarṇa-śṛṅgaiḥ
—
with golden peaks
;
paritaḥ
—
everywhere
;
sphuradbhiḥ
—
splendid
;
mattālibhiḥ
—
with intoxicated bees
;
nirjhara-sundarībhiḥ
—
with beautiful flowing streams
;
dārībhiḥ
—
with caves
;
uccāṅga
—
lofty
;
karī
—
elephant
;
iva
—
like
;
rājan
—
*O king.
Translation
O king, its stones jewels, its many peaks golden, and its form splendid with intoxicated bees, beautiful caves,and swiftly-flowing streams, Govardhana Hill was like a great elephant.
Verse text
tadaiva śailāḥ kila mūrtimantaḥ
sopāyanā meru-himācalādyāḥ
nemur giriṁ maṅgala-pāṇayas taṁ
govardhanaṁ rūpa-dhāraṁ girīndrāḥ
Synonyms
tadā
—
then
;
eva
—
indeed
;
śailāḥ
—
the hill
;
kila
—
indeed
;
mūrtimantaḥ
—
personified
;
sa
—
with
;
upāyanā
—
artival
;
meru
—
Meru
;
himācala
—
the Himlayas
;
ādyāḥ
—
beginning with
;
nemuḥ
—
bowed down
;
girim
—
to the hill
;
maṅgala-pāṇayaḥ
—
with auspicious offerings in their hands
;
tam
—
to it
;
govardhanam
—
Govardhana Hill
;
rūpa-dhāram
—
having a form
;
giri
—
of mountains
;
indrāḥ
—
*the kings.
Translation
Then, manifesting humanlike forms and bearing auspicious gifts in their hands, the mountain kings, headed by Mount Meru and Mount Himalaya, offered their respectful obeisances, bowing down to the humanlike form of Govardhana Hill.
Verse text
dvijaiś ca govardhana-deva-pūjanaṁ
kṛtvācyutoktaṁ dvija-vahni-go-dhanam
sampūjya dhṛtvā sudhanaṁ mahā-dhanaṁ
baliṁ dadau śrī-giraye vrajeśvaraḥ
Synonyms
dvijaiḥ
—
by the brāhmaṇas
;
ca
—
and
;
govardhana
—
of Govardhana Hill
;
deva
—
of the Deity
;
pūjanam
—
the worship
;
kṛtvā
—
having done
;
acyuta
—
of the infallible Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
uktam
—
said
;
dvija
—
brāhmaṇas
;
vahni
—
fire-gods
;
go-dhanam
—
and cows
;
sampūjya
—
worshiping
;
dhṛtvā
—
holding
;
sudhanam mahā-dhanam balim
—
an offering of great wealth
;
dadau
—
gave
;
śrī-giraye
—
to Govardhana Hill
;
vrajeśvaraḥ
—
*the king of Vraja.
Translation
Following Kṛṣṇa's instruction, Nanda, the king of Vraja, had many brāhmaṇas worship Govardhana Hill. Then Nanda worshiped the brāhmaṇas, fire-gods, and cows, and then gave a very opulent offering to Govardhana Hill.
Verse text
nandopanandair vṛṣabhānubhiś ca
gopī-gaṇair gopa-gaṇaiḥ praharṣitaḥ
gāyadbhir ānartana-vādya-tat-parais
cakāra kṛṣṇo 'dri-vara-pradakṣiṇām
Synonyms
nanda
—
by the Nandas
;
upanandaiḥ
—
Upanandas
;
vṛṣabhānubhiś
—
Vṛṣabhānu
;
ca
—
and
;
gopī-gaṇaiḥ
—
gopīs
;
gopa-gaṇaiḥ
—
gopas
;
praharṣitaḥ
—
delighted
;
gāyadbhiḥ
—
singing
;
ānartana
—
dancing
;
vādya
—
and instrumental
;
tat-paraiḥ
—
earnest
;
cakāra
—
did
;
kṛṣṇaḥ
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
adri-vara
—
the best of mountains
;
pradakṣiṇām
—
*circumambulation.
Translation
Pleased by the earnestly singing Nandas, Upanandas, Vṛṣabhānus, gopas, and gopīs, Lord Kṛṣṇa circumambulated Govardhana Hill, the king of mountains.
Verse text
deveṣu varṣatsu ca puṣpa-varṣaṁ
janeṣu varṣatsu ca laja-saṅgham
reje mahā-rāja ivādhvare janair
govardhano nāma girīndra-rāja-rāṭ
Synonyms
deveṣu
—
as the demigods
;
varṣatsu
—
showered
;
ca
—
and
;
puṣpa-varṣam
—
a shower of flowers
;
janeṣu
—
the people
;
varṣatsu
—
showering
;
ca
—
and
;
lāja-saṅgham
—
grains
;
reje
—
shone
;
mahā-rāja
—
a great king
;
iva
—
as
;
adhvare
—
in the yajna
;
janaiḥ
—
by the people
;
govardhanaḥ
—
Govardhana Hill
;
nāma
—
named
;
girīndra-rāja-rāṭ
—
*the king of the kings of the kings of mountains.
Translation
As the demigods showered flowers and the Vrajavāsīs showered grains, Govardhana Hill, the great king of the kings of the kings of mountains, glistened with great glory, as if it were a great monarch in the midst of a yajṣa.
Verse text
kṛṣṇo 'pi sākṣād vraja-śaila-madhyād
dhṛtvāti-dīrghaṁ kila cānya-rūpam
śailo 'smi lokān iti bhāṣayan san
jaghāsa sarvaṁ kṛtam anna-kūṭam
Synonyms
kṛṣṇaḥ
—
Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
api
—
also
;
sākṣāt
—
directly
;
vraja-śaila-madhyāt
—
from the midst of the hill of Vraja
;
dhṛtvā
—
manifesting
;
ati-dīrgham
—
very tall
;
kila
—
indeed
;
ca
—
and
;
anya
—
another
;
rūpam
—
form
;
śailaḥ
—
the hill
;
asmi
—
I am
;
n
—
iti—thus
;
bhāṣayan
—
proclaiming
;
san
—
being so
;
jaghāsa
—
ate
;
sarvam
—
all
;
kṛtam
—
done
;
anna
—
of food
;
kūṭam
—
*the hill.
Translation
Manifesting a gigantic form different from His own, Lord Kṛṣṇa appeared from the midst of Govardhana Hill. Declaring, I am this hill," He ate the entire hill of food that was offered.
Verse text
gopāla-gopī-gaṇa-vṛnda-mukhyā
ūcuḥ svayaṁ vīkṣya gireḥ prabhāvam
dātuṁ varaṁ tatra samudyataṁ taṁ
su-vismitā harṣita-mānasās te
Synonyms
gopāla
—
gopas
;
gopī
—
gopīs
;
gaṇa-vṛnda
—
multitudes
;
mukhyā
—
geaded by
;
ūcuḥ
—
said
;
svayam
—
personally
;
vīkṣya
—
seeing
;
gireḥ
—
of the hill
;
prabhāvam
—
the power
;
dātum
—
to give
;
varam
—
blessing
;
tatra
—
there
;
samudyatam
—
eager
;
tam
—
that
;
su-vismitā
—
astonished
;
harṣita
—
delighted
;
mānasāḥ
—
at heart
;
te
—
*they.
Translation
Seeing Govardhana Hill's great power and opulence, and their hearts full of joy and wonder, the gopas and gopīs asked the hill to grant them a benediction.
Verse text
jṣāto 'si gopair girirāja-devaḥ
pradarśito nanda-sutena sākṣāt
no go-dhanaṁ va kila bandhu-varyo
vṛddhiṁ samāyātu dine dine kau
Synonyms
jṣātaḥ
—
known
;
asi
—
You are
;
gopaiḥ
—
by the gopas
;
girirāja-devaḥ
—
the Deity of the kings of mountains
;
pradarśitaḥ
—
seen
;
nanda-sutena
—
by Nanda's son
;
sākṣāt
—
directly
;
naḥ
—
of us
;
go-dhanam
—
the cows
;
va
—
or
;
kila
—
indeed
;
bandhu-varyaḥ
—
best friend
;
vṛddhim
—
prosperity
;
samāyātu
—
may attain
;
dine
—
day
;
dine
—
after day
;
kau
—
*on this earth.
Translation
They said, "The gopas know that You are the Deity worshiped by the kings of mountains. Nanda's son Kṛṣṇa has shown Your true nature to us. Please grant that day after day our relatives, friends, and cows may prosper."
Verse text
tathāstu coktvā girirāja-rājo
govardhano divya-vapur dadhānaḥ
kirīṭa-keyūra-manoharāṅgaḥ
kṣaṇena tatrāntaradhīyatārāt
Synonyms
tathā
—
so
;
astu
—
be it
;
ca
—
and
;
uktvā
—
saying
;
girirāja-rājaḥ
—
the king of the kings of mountains
;
govardhanaḥ
—
Govardhana Hill
;
divya-vapuḥ
—
a transcendental form
;
dadhānaḥ
—
manifesting
;
kirīṭa
—
crown
;
keyūra
—
armlets
;
manohara
—
handsome
;
aṅgaḥ
—
limbs
;
kṣaṇena
—
in a moment
;
tatra
—
there
;
antaradhīyata
—
disappeared
;
ārāt
—
*far away.
Translation
Manifesting a handsome divine form decorated with crown and armlets, Govardhana Hill, the king of the kings of mountains, said, "So be it," and suddenly disappeared.
Verse text
nandopanandā vṛṣabhānavaś ca
bālāḥ sucandro vṛṣabhānu-rājaḥ
śrī-nanda-rājaś ca hariś ca gopā
gopyaś ca sarva nija-go-dhanaiś ca
dvijāś ca yogeśvara-siddha-saṅghāḥ
sivādayaś cānya-janāś ca sarve
natvātha sampūjya giriṁ prasannāḥ
svaṁ svaṁ gṛhaṁ jagmur anicchayā ca
Synonyms
nandopanandā
—
the Nandas and Upanandas
;
vṛṣabhānavaś
—
the Vṛṣabhānus
;
ca
—
and
;
bālaḥ
—
the boy
;
sucandraḥ
—
Sucandra
;
vṛṣabhānu-rājaḥ
—
King Vṛṣabhānu
;
śrī-nanda-rājaś
—
King Nanda
;
ca
—
and
;
hariś
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
ca
—
and
;
gopā
—
the gopas
;
gopyaś
—
and gopīs
;
ca
—
and
;
sarva
—
all
;
nija-go-dhanaiḥ
—
with their cows
;
ca
—
and
;
dvijāḥ
—
the brāhmaṇas
;
ca
—
and
;
yogeśvara-siddha-saṅghāḥ
—
the siddhas and the masters of yoga
;
sivādayaś
—
headed by Lord Śiva
;
ca
—
and
;
anya-janāḥ
—
other people
;
ca
—
and
;
sarve
—
all
;
natvā
—
bowing down
;
atha
—
then
;
sampūjya
—
worshiping
;
girim
—
the hill
;
prasannāḥ
—
happy
;
svam svam
—
each to their own
;
gṛham
—
hom
;
jagmuḥ
—
went
;
anicchayā
—
without any further desires
;
ca
—
*and.
Translation
The Nandas, Upanandas, Vṛṣabhānus, Balarāma, Sucandra, King Vṛṣabhānu, King Nanda, Kṛṣṇa, all the gopas, gopīs, and cows, the brāhmaṇas, the siddhas and yogeśvaras headed by Lord Śiva, as well as everyone else bowed down and worshiped Govardhana Hill. Then, happy at heart, and all their desires fulfilled, they returned to their own homes.
Verse text
śrī-kṛṣṇacandrasya paraṁ caritraṁ
girīndra-rājasya mahotsavaṁ ca
mayā tavāgre kathitaṁ vicitraṁ
nṛṇāṁ mahā-pāpa-haraṁ pavitram
Synonyms
śrī-kṛṣṇacandrasya
—
of Śrī Kṛṣṇacandra
;
param
—
transcendental
;
caritram
—
pastime
;
girīndra-rājasya
—
of the king of the kings of mountains
;
mahotsavam
—
the great festuival
;
ca
—
and
;
mayā
—
by me
;
tava
—
of you
;
agre
—
in th epresence
;
kathitam
—
spoken
;
vicitram
—
wonderful
;
nṛṇām
—
of people
;
mahā-pāpa
—
great sins
;
haram
—
removing
;
pavitram
—
*purifying.
Translation
In this way I have described to you Śrī Kṛṣṇacandra's transcendental pastime of offering a great festival to worship Govardhana Hill, the king of the kings of mountains. This wonderful and purifying narration frees the people from the greatest sins.
Chapter Three
Śrī Govardhanoddharaṇa
The Lifting of Śrī Govardhana
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
atha man-mukhataḥ śrutvā
svātma-yāgasya nāśanam
govardhanotsavaṁ jātaṁ
kopaṁ cakre purandaraḥ
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
atha
—
then
;
man-mukhataḥ
—
from my mouth
;
śrutvā
—
hearing
;
svātma-yāgasya
—
of his own yajna
;
nāśanam
—
the destruction
;
govardhanotsavam
—
a festival for Govardhana Hill
;
jātam
—
manifested
;
kopam
—
anger
;
cakre
—
did
;
purandaraḥ
—
*Indra.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: When from my mouth he heard that his sacrifice had been stopped and a festival for Govardhana Hill performed in its place, Indra became furious.
Verse text
sāmvartakaṁ nāma gaṇaṁ
pralaye mukta-bandhanam
indro vraja-vināśāya
preṣayām āsa sa-tvaram
Synonyms
sāmvartakam
—
Sāmvartaka
;
nāma
—
named
;
gaṇam
—
clouds
;
pralaye
—
at cosmic devastation
;
mukta-bandhanam
—
freed from bondage
;
indraḥ
—
Indra
;
vraja
—
of Vraja
;
vināśāya
—
for the destruction
;
preṣayām āsa
—
sent
;
sa-tvaram
—
*at once.
Translation
Unleashing the sāmvartaka clouds used at the time of cosmic destruction, Indra sent them to destroy Vraja.
Verse text
atha megha-gaṇāḥ kruddhā
dhvanantaś citra-varṇinaḥ
kṛṣṇābhāḥ pītabhāḥ kecit
kecic ca harita-prabhāḥ
Synonyms
atha
—
then
;
megha-gaṇāḥ
—
the clouds
;
kruddhā
—
angry
;
dhvanantaś
—
thundering
;
citra-varṇinaḥ
—
wonderfully colored
;
kṛṣṇābhāḥ
—
black
;
pītabhāḥ
—
yellow
;
kecit
—
some
;
kecic
—
some
;
ca
—
and
;
harita-prabhāḥ
—
*green.
Translation
The clouds thundered with anger. They were many wonderful colors, some black, some yellow, some green, . . .
Verse text
indragopa-nibhāḥ kecit
kecit karpūravat-prabhāḥ
nānā-vidhāś ca ye meghā
nīla-paṅkaja-su-prabhāḥ
Synonyms
indragopa-nibhāḥ
—
the color of an indrgopa insect
;
kecit
—
some
;
kecit
—
some
;
karpūravat-prabhāḥ
—
the color of camphor
;
nānā
—
various
;
vidhāḥ
—
kinds
;
ca
—
and
;
ye
—
which
;
meghā
—
clouds
;
nīla-paṅkaja-su-prabhāḥ
—
*the color of a blue lotus.
Translation
. . . some the color of an indragopa insect, some the color of camphor, and some the color of blue lotuses.
Verse text
hasti-tulyān vāri-bindūn
vavṛṣus te madoddhatāḥ
hasti-ṣuṇḍā-samābhiś ca
dhārābhiś caṣcalāś ca ye
Synonyms
hasti
—
to an elephant
;
tulyān
—
equal
;
vāri-bindūn
—
raindrops
;
vavṛṣuḥ
—
rained
;
te
—
they
;
madoddhatāḥ
—
furious
;
hasti
—
elephant
;
ṣuṇḍā
—
trunks
;
samābhiḥ
—
equal to
;
ca
—
and
;
dhārābhiś
—
with streams
;
caṣcalāḥ
—
lightning
;
ca
—
and
;
ye
—
*which.
Translation
Furious, they showered raindrops as big as elephants and thunderbolts as big as elephants' trunks.
Verse text
nipetuḥ koṭiśaś cādri-
kūṭa-tulyopalā bhṛśām
vātā vāvuḥ pracaṇḍāś ca
kṣepayantas tarūn gṛhān
Synonyms
nipetuḥ
—
fell
;
koṭiśaś
—
millions
;
ca
—
and
;
adri
—
mountain
;
kūṭa
—
tops
;
tulya
—
equal to
;
upalāḥ
—
stones
;
bhṛśām
—
greatly
;
vātā
—
the wind
;
vāvuḥ
—
blew
;
pracaṇḍāḥ
—
fruious
;
ca
—
and
;
kṣepayantaḥ
—
throwing
;
tarūn
—
trees
;
gṛhān
—
*houses.
Translation
Big as mountain peaks, millions of rocks fell. The wind threw away many trees and houses.
Verse text
pracaṇḍo vajra-pātānāṁ
meghānām anta-kāriṇām
mahā-śabdo 'bhavad bhūmau
maithilendra bhayaṅkaraḥ
Synonyms
pracaṇḍaḥ
—
ferocious
;
vajra-pātānām
—
of thunder
;
meghānām
—
of the clouds
;
anta-kāriṇām
—
putting an end to all
;
mahā
—
great
;
śabdaḥ
—
sound
;
abhavat
—
was
;
bhūmau
—
on the earth
;
maithilendra
—
O king of Mithilā
;
bhayaṅkaraḥ
—
*fearful.
Translation
O king of Mithilā, the earth was filled with ferocious, terrifying, and devastating sounds of thunder.
Verse text
nanāda tena brahmāṇḍaṁ
sapta-lokair bilaiḥ saha
vicelur dig-gajās tārā
hy apatan bhūmi-maṇḍalam
Synonyms
nanāda
—
sounded
;
tena
—
by that
;
brahmāṇḍam
—
the universe
;
sapta-lokaiḥ
—
with seven planetary systems
;
bilaiḥ
—
outser space
;
saha
—
with
;
viceluḥ
—
shook
;
dig-gajāḥ
—
the elephants holding the directions
;
tarā
—
the stars
;
hy
—
indeed
;
apatan
—
fell
;
bhūmi-maṇḍalam
—
*to the circle of the earth.
Translation
The entire universe, with the seven planetary systems and the expanses of outer space, echoed with the sounds of thunder. The elephants holding the directions trembled. The stars fell to the circle of the earth.
Verse text
bhaya-bhītā gopa-mukhyāḥ
sa-kuṭumbā jigīṣavaḥ
śiśūn svān svān puraskṛtya
nanda-mandiram āyayuḥ
Synonyms
bhaya-bhītā
—
terrified
;
gopa-mukhyāḥ
—
the gopas
;
sa-kuṭumbā
—
with their families
;
jigīṣavaḥ
—
wishing to be safe
;
śiśūn
—
children
;
puraskṛtya
—
placing in front
;
nanda-mandiram
—
to Nanda's palace
;
āyayuḥ
—
*came.
Translation
Wishing to save themselves, the gopas and their families, with the children in front, ran to Nanda's palace.
Verse text
śrī-nanda-nandanaṁ natvā
sa-balaṁ parameśvaram
ūcur vrajaukasaḥ sarve
bhayārtāḥ śaraṇaṁ gatāḥ
Synonyms
śrī-nanda-nandanam
—
to Nandas's son
;
natvā
—
bowing down
;
sa-balam
—
with Balarāma
;
parameśvaram
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
ūcuḥ
—
said
;
vrajaukasaḥ
—
the residents of Vraja
;
sarve
—
all
;
bhayārtāḥ
—
terrified
;
śaraṇam
—
shelter
;
gatāḥ
—
*took.
Translation
Terrified, the people of Vraja bowed down before the two Supreme Lords, Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma, surrendered to Them, and took shelter of Them.
Verse text
śrī-gopā ūcuḥ
rāma rāma mahā-bāho
kṛṣṇa kṛṣṇa vrajeśvara
pāhi pāhi mahā-kaṣṭhād
indra-dattān nijān janān
Synonyms
śrī-gopāḥ ūcuḥ
—
the gopas said
;
rāma
—
Balarāma
;
rāma
—
Balarāma
;
mahā-bāhaḥ
—
O mighty-armed
;
kṛṣṇa
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
kṛṣṇa
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
vrajeśvara
—
O Lord of Vraja
;
pāhi
—
save
;
pāhi
—
save
;
mahā-kaṣṭhāt
—
from great calamities
;
indra-dattān
—
brought by Indra
;
nijān
—
Your own
;
janān
—
*people.
Translation
The gopas said: Balarāma! Balarāma! O mighty-armed! Kṛṣṇa! Kṛṣṇa! O master of Vraja! Save, save Your people from these calamities brought by Indra!
Verse text
hitvendra-yāgaṁ tvad-vākyāt
kṛto govardhanotsavaḥ
adya śakre prakupite
kartavyaṁ kiṁ vadāśu naḥ
Synonyms
hitvā
—
abandoning
;
indra-yāgam
—
the indra-yajna
;
tvad-vākyāt
—
because of Your word
;
kṛtaḥ
—
done
;
govardhanotsavaḥ
—
a festival for Govardhana Hill
;
adya
—
now
;
śakre
—
Indra
;
prakupite
—
angry
;
kartavyam
—
should be done
;
kim
—
what?
;
vada
—
tell
;
āśu
—
at once
;
naḥ
—
*us.
Translation
By Your word we stopped the indra-yajṣa and offered a festival for Govardhana Hill. Now Indra is angry. What should we do? Please tell us!
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
vyākulaṁ gokulaṁ vīkṣya
gopī-gopāla-saṅkulam
sa-vatsakaṁ gokulaṁ ca
gopān āha nirākulaḥ
Synonyms
śrī-nāradaḥ uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said:
;
vyākulam
—
agitated
;
gokulam
—
Gokula
;
vīkṣya
—
seeing
;
gopī-gopāla-saṅkulam
—
the gopas and gopīs
;
sa-vatsakam
—
with the calves
;
gokulam
—
the cows
;
ca
—
and
;
gopān
—
to the gopas
;
āha
—
said
;
nirākulaḥ
—
*peaceful at heart.
Translation
Seeing the gopas, gopīs, cows, calves, and all of Gokula very upset, calm and peaceful Kṛṣṇa spoke to the gopas.
Verse text
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
ma bhaiṣṭa yātādri-taṭaṁ
sarvaiḥ parikaraiḥ saha
vaḥ pūjā prahṛtā yena
sa rakṣaṁ samvidhasyati
Synonyms
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead saod
;
ma
—
don't
;
bhaiṣṭa
—
be afraid
;
yāta
—
go
;
adri-taṭam
—
to Govardhana Hill
;
sarvaiḥ
—
with all
;
parikaraiḥ
—
associates
;
saha
—
with
;
vaḥ
—
of us
;
pūjā
—
worship
;
prahṛtā
—
accepted
;
yena
—
by whom
;
sa
—
He
;
rakṣam
—
protection
;
samvidhasyati
—
*will offer.
Translation
The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: Don't be afraid. With your dependents go to Govardhana Hill. He accepted our worship. He will protect us.
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
ity uktvā sva-janaiḥ sārdhaṁ
etya govardhanaṁ hariḥ
samutpāṭya dadhārādriṁ
hastenaikena līlayā
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said:
;
ity
—
thus
;
uktvā
—
saying
;
sva-janaiḥ
—
with his own people
;
sārdham
—
with
;
etya
—
going
;
govardhanam
—
to Govardhana Hill
;
hariḥ
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
samutpāṭya
—
lifting
;
dadhāra
—
held
;
adrim
—
the hill
;
hastena
—
hand
;
ekena
—
with one
;
līlayā
—
*playfully.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: After speaking these words, Lord Kṛṣṇa went, with His own people, to Govardhana Hill. Lifting the hill, Kṛṣṇa playfully held it aloft with one hand.
Verse text
yathocchilīndhraṁ śiśur aśramo gajaḥ
sva-puṣkareṇaiva ca puṣkaraṁ girim
dhṛtvā babhau śrī-vraja-rāja-nandanaḥ
kṛpā-karo 'sau karuṇāmayaḥ prabhuḥ
Synonyms
yathā
—
as
;
ucchilīndhram
—
a mushroom
;
śiśuḥ
—
of a child
;
aśramaḥ
—
without fatigue
;
gajaḥ
—
and elephant
;
sva-puṣkareṇa
—
with a lotus
;
eva
—
indeed
;
ca
—
and
;
puṣkaram
—
a lotus
;
girim
—
the hill
;
dhṛtvā
—
holding
;
babhau
—
shone
;
śrī-vraja-rāja-nandanaḥ
—
the prince of Vraja
;
kṛpā-karaḥ
—
kind
;
asau
—
He
;
karuṇāmayaḥ
—
compassionate
;
prabhuḥ
—
*the Lord.
Translation
As a child effortlessly holds a mushroom, or as an elephant holds a lotus in its tongue, so Śrī Kṛṣṇa, the prince of Vraja, the kind Supreme Personality of Godhead, held Govardhana Hill.
Verse text
athāha gopān viśatādri-gartaṁ
he tāta mātar vraja-ballaveśāḥ
sopaskaraiḥ sarva-dhanaiś ca gobhir
atraiva śakrasya bhayaṁ na kiṣcit
Synonyms
atha
—
then
;
āha
—
said
;
gopān
—
to the gopas
;
viśata
—
enter
;
adri
—
of the hill
;
gartam
—
the opening
;
he
—
O
;
tāta
—
father
;
mātaḥ
—
mother
;
vraja
—
of Vraja
;
ballava
—
of the gopas
;
sa
—
with
;
upaskaraiḥ
—
with househo,d paraphernalia
;
sarva-dhanaiś
—
with all your wealth
;
ca
—
and
;
gobhiḥ
—
with your cows
;
atra
—
there
;
eva
—
indeed
;
śakrasya
—
of Indra
;
bhayam
—
fear
;
na
—
not
;
kiṣcit
—
*at all.
Translation
Lord Kṛṣṇa said to the gopas: Father, mother, kings of the gopas, take your relatives, associates, household paraphernalia, wealth, and cows, and go beneath the hill. There you need not fear Indra.
Verse text
itthaṁ harer vacaḥ śrutvā
gopā go-dhana-samyutaḥ
sa-kuṭumbopaskaraiś ca
viviśuḥ śrī-gires talam
Synonyms
ittham
—
thus
;
hareḥ
—
of Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
vacaḥ
—
the words
;
śrutvā
—
hearing
;
gopa
—
the gopas
;
go-dhana-samyutaḥ
—
with their cows
;
sa-kuṭumba
—
with their familites
;
upaskaraiḥ
—
with their household paraphernaila
;
ca
—
and
;
viviśuḥ
—
entered
;
śrī-gireḥ talam
—
*under the hill.
Translation
When they heard Lord Kṛṣṇa word's, the gopas took their families, cows, and household paraphernalia, and went under the hill.
Verse text
vayasyā bālakā sarve
kṛṣṇoktāḥ sa-balā nṛpa
svān svāṁś ca laguḍān adrer
avaṣṭambhān pracakrire
Synonyms
vayasyāḥ
—
friends
;
bālakā
—
boys
;
sarve
—
all
;
kṛṣṇa
—
by Kṛṣṇa
;
uktāḥ
—
toild
;
sa-balā
—
with Balarāma
;
nṛpa
—
O king
;
svān svān
—
their own
;
ca
—
and
;
laguḍān
—
sticks
;
adreḥ
—
of the hill
;
avaṣṭambhān
—
holding up
;
pracakrire
—
*did.
Translation
O king, when Kṛṣṇa asked, Balarāma and all the boys His age steadied the the hill with their sticks.
Verse text
jalaugham āgataṁ vīkṣya
bhagavāṁs tad-girer adhaḥ
sudarśanaṁ tathā śeṣaṁ
mānasājṣāṁ cakāra ha
Synonyms
jala
—
of water
;
augham
—
a flood
;
āgatam
—
come
;
vīkṣya
—
seeing
;
bhagavān
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
tad-gireḥ
—
the hill
;
adhaḥ
—
beneath
;
sudarśanam
—
Sudarśana-cakra
;
tathā
—
so
;
śeṣam
—
Śeṣa
;
mānasa
—
with the mind
;
āj{
—
.sy 24ām—order
;
cakāra
—
did
;
ha
—
*certainly.
Translation
Seeing a great flood of water coming, in His mind Lord Kṛṣṇa ordered Lord Śeṣa and the Sudarśana-cakra to come under the hill.
Verse text
koṭi-sūrya-prabhaṁ cādrer
ūrdhvaṁ cakraṁ sudarśanaṁ
dhārā-sampātam apibad
agastya iva maithila
Synonyms
koṭi-sūrya-prabham
—
splendid as ten million suns
;
ca
—
and
;
adreḥ
—
the hill
;
ūrdhvam
—
above
;
cakram
—
the cakra
;
sudarśanam
—
Śudarśana
;
dhārā
—
streams
;
sampātam
—
falling
;
apibat
—
drank
;
agastya
—
Agastya Muni
;
iva
—
like
;
maithila
—
*O king of Mithilā.
Translation
Brilliant as ten million suns, the Sudarśana-cakra hovered above the hill and drank up the falling streams of water as Agastya Muni drank up the ocean.
Verse text
adho 'dhas taṁ gireḥ śeṣaḥ
kuṇḍalī-bhūta āsthitaḥ
rurodha taj-jalaṁ dīrghaṁ
yathā velā mahodadhim
Synonyms
adhaḥ adhaḥ
—
lower and lower
;
tam
—
that
;
gireḥ
—
of the hill
;
śeṣaḥ
—
Śeṣa
;
kuṇḍalī-bhūta
—
coiled up
;
āsthitaḥ
—
stood
;
rurodha
—
stopped
;
taj-jalam
—
that water
;
dīrgham
—
great
;
yathā
—
as
;
velā
—
the shoreline
;
mahodadhim
—
*the great ocean.
Translation
Coiling Himself around the hill, Śeṣa stopped the incoming flood as a shoreline stops the waters of an ocean.
Verse text
saptāhaṁ su-sthiras taṣṭhau
govardhana-dharo hariḥ
śrī-kṛṣṇacandraṁ paśyantaḥ
cakorā iva te sthitāḥ
Synonyms
sapta
—
for seven
;
aham
—
days
;
su-sthiraḥ
—
steady
;
taṣṭhau
—
stood
;
govardhana-dharaḥ
—
holding Govardhana Hill
;
hariḥ
—
Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
śrī-kṛṣṇacandram
—
at Śrī Kṛṣṇacandra
;
paśyantaḥ
—
gazing
;
cakorā
—
cakora birds
;
iva
—
like
;
te
—
they
;
sthitāḥ
—
*stood.
Translation
For seven days Lord Kṛṣṇa steadily held Govardhana Hill. As if they had become cakora birds, the stunned gopas gazed at Lord Kṛṣṇacandra.
Verse text
mattam airāvataṁ nāgaṁ
samāruhya purandaraḥ
sa-sainyaḥ krodha-samyukto
vraja-maṇḍalam āyayau
Synonyms
mattam
—
angry
;
airāvatam
—
Airāvata
;
nāgam
—
welephant
;
samāruhya
—
climbing
;
purandaraḥ
—
Indra
;
sa-sainyaḥ
—
with his army
;
krodha-samyuktaḥ
—
angry
;
vraja-maṇḍalam
—
to the circle of Vraja
;
āyayau
—
*came.
Translation
Mounting his maddened elephant Airāvata, and accompanied by his armies, furious Indra went to the circle of Vraja.
Verse text
dūrāc cikṣepa vajraṁ svaṁ
nanda-goṣṭha-jighaṁsayā
stambhayām āsa śakrasya
sa-vrajaṁ mādhavo bhujam
Synonyms
cikṣepa
—
threw
;
vajram
—
thunderbolt
;
svam
—
own
;
nanda-goṣṭha-jighaṁsayā
—
wishing to destroy Nanda's village
;
stambhayām āsa
—
paralyzed
;
śakrasya
—
of Indra
;
sa-vrajam
—
with the thunderbolt
;
mādhavaḥ
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
bhujam
—
*arm.
Translation
Wishing to destroy Nanda's village, Indra threw his thunderbolt from far away. Kṛṣṇa suddenly paralyzed both the thunderbolt and the arm that threw it.
Verse text
bhaya-bhītas tadā śakraḥ
sāmvartaka-gaṇaiḥ saha
dudrāva sahasā devaiḥ
yathebhaḥ siṁha-tāḍitaḥ
Synonyms
bhaya-bhītaḥ
—
terrified
;
tadā
—
then
;
śakraḥ
—
Indra
;
sāmvartaka-gaṇaiḥ
—
with the samvartaka clouds
;
saha
—
with
;
dudrāva
—
fled
;
sahasā
—
at once
;
devaiḥ
—
with the demigods
;
yathā
—
as
;
ibhaḥ
—
an elephant
;
siṁha
—
by a lion
;
tāḍitaḥ
—
*wounded.
Translation
Terrified, Indra fled with the demigods and sāmvartaka clouds as if he were an elephant wounded by a lion.
Verse text
tadaivārkodayo jāto
gatā meghā itas tataḥ
vātā uparatāḥ sadyo
nadyaḥ sv-alpa-jalā nṛpa
Synonyms
tadā
—
then
;
eva
—
indeed
;
arka
—
sun
;
udayaḥ
—
rising
;
jātaḥ
—
manifested
;
gatā
—
gone
;
meghā
—
the clouds
;
itaḥ
—
here
;
tataḥ
—
and there
;
vātā
—
winds
;
uparatāḥ
—
stopped
;
sadyaḥ
—
at once
;
nadyaḥ
—
the streams
;
sv-alpa-jalā
—
with very littel water
;
nṛpa
—
*O king.
Translation
Suddenly the sun rose. The clouds were gone, the winds stopped, and the streams carried very little water.
Verse text
vipaṅkaṁ bhū-talaṁ jātaṁ
nirmalaṁ khaṁ babhūva ha
catuṣpadāḥ pakṣiṇaś ca
sukham āpus tatas tataḥ
Synonyms
vipaṅkam
—
free of mud
;
bhū-talam
—
the ground
;
jātam
—
manifested
;
nirmalam
—
spotless
;
kham
—
the sky
;
babhūva
—
became
;
ha
—
indeed
;
catuṣpadāḥ
—
the animals
;
pakṣiṇaś
—
the birds
;
ca
—
and
;
sukham
—
happiness
;
āpuḥ
—
attained
;
tataḥ
—
then
;
tataḥ
—
*then.
Translation
The ground dried up, the sky became clear, and the animals and birds became happy.
Verse text
hariṇoktas tadā gopā
niryayur giri-gartataḥ
svaṁ svaṁ dhanaṁ go-dhanaṁ ca
samādāya śanaiḥ śanaiḥ
Synonyms
hariṇā
—
by Kṛṣṇa
;
uktaḥ
—
told
;
tadā
—
then
;
gopā
—
teh gopas
;
niryayuḥ
—
left
;
giri-gartataḥ
—
from under the hill
;
svaṁ svam
—
their own
;
dhanam
—
wealth
;
go-dhanam
—
cows
;
ca
—
and
;
samādāya
—
taking
;
śanaiḥ śanaiḥ
—
*slowly.
Translation
By Kṛṣṇa's order the gopas, taking their wealth and cows with them, slowly emerged from under the hill.
Verse text
niryāteti vayasyāṁś ca
prāha govardhanoddharaḥ
te tam āhuś ca nirgaccha
dhārayāmo 'drim ojasā
Synonyms
niryātaḥ
—
leave
;
iti
—
thus
;
vayasyāṁś
—
friends
;
ca
—
and
;
prāha
—
said
;
govardhanoddharaḥ
—
the lifter of Govardhana Hill
;
te
—
they
;
tam
—
to Him
;
āhuś
—
said
;
ca
—
and
;
nirgaccha
—
You go
;
dhārayāmaḥ
—
we will hold
;
adrim
—
th hill
;
ojasā
—
*with our power.
Translation
Then Kṛṣṇa, the lifter of Govardhana Hill, said to His friends, "Go out." They said to Him, "You go first. We will hold the hill with our own strength."
Verse text
iti vāda-parān gopān
govardhana-dharo hariḥ
tad-ardhaṁ ca girer bharaṁ
prādāt tebhyo mahā-manāḥ
Synonyms
iti
—
thus
;
vāda-parān
—
talkative
;
gopān
—
to the gopas
;
govardhana-dharaḥ
—
the lifter of Govardhana Hill
;
hariḥ
—
Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
tad-ardham
—
half
;
ca
—
and
;
gireḥ
—
of the hill
;
bharam
—
the weight
;
prādāt
—
gave
;
tebhyaḥ
—
to them
;
mahā-manāḥ
—
*noble-hearted.
Translation
Then Lord Kṛṣṇa, the lifter of Govardhana Hill, shifted half of the hill's weight to the talkative gopa boys.
Verse text
patitās tena bhareṇa
gopa-bālaś ca nirbalāḥ
Synonyms
patitāḥ
—
fallen
;
tena
—
by that
;
bhareṇa
—
weight
;
gopa-bālaś
—
the gopa boys
;
ca
—
and
;
nirbalāḥ
—
*devastated.
Translation
That burden made the gopa boys fall, devastated, to the ground.
Verse text
kareṇa tān samutthāya
sva-sthāne pūrvavad girim
sarveṣāṁ paśyatāṁ kṛṣṇaḥ
sthāpayām āsa līlayā
Synonyms
kareṇa
—
with one hand
;
tān
—
them
;
samutthāya
—
pullingup
;
sva-sthāne
—
in its own place
;
pūrvavat
—
as before
;
girim
—
the hill
;
sarveṣām
—
of all
;
paśyatām
—
watching
;
kṛṣṇaḥ
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
sthāpayām āsa
—
placed
;
līlayā
—
*playfully.
Translation
With one hand Kṛṣṇa picked them all up. Then, as everyone watched, with a playful flourish Kṛṣṇa set the hill down where it was before.
Verse text
tadaiva gopī-gaṇa-gopa-mukhyāḥ
sampūjya kṛṣṇaṁ nṛpa nanda-sūnum
gandhākṣatādyair dadhi-dugdha-bhogair
jṣātvā paraṁ nemur atīva sarve
Synonyms
tadā
—
then
;
eva
—
indeed
;
gopī-gaṇa-gopa-mukhyāḥ
—
the gopoas and gopīs
;
sampūjya
—
worshiping
;
kṛṣṇam
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
nṛpa
—
O king
;
nanda-sūnum
—
the son of Nanda
;
gandha
—
with fragrances
;
akṣata
—
with unbroken grains of rice
;
dyaiḥ
—
dadhi-dugdha-bhogaiḥ—with many foods made with milk and yogurt
;
jṣātvā
—
understanding
;
param
—
to be the Supreme
;
nemuḥ
—
bowed down
;
atīva
—
greatly
;
sarve
—
*all.
Translation
O king, the gopas and gopīs, now understanding that Nanda's son Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, worshiped Him, showered Him with unbroken grains of rice, offered Him many foods made with milk and yogurt, and humbly bowed down before Him.
Verse text
nando yaśodā nṛpa rohiṇī ca
balaś ca sannanda-mukhāś ca vṛddhāḥ
āliṅgya kṛṣṇaṁ pradadur dhanāni
śubhāśiṣā samyuyujur ghṛṇārtāḥ
Synonyms
nandaḥ
—
nanda
;
yaśodā
—
with Yaśodā
;
nṛpa
—
O king
;
rohiṇī
—
Rohiṇī
;
ca
—
and
;
balaś
—
Balarāma
;
ca
—
and
;
sannanda-mukhāś
—
the gopas headed by Sannanda
;
ca
—
and
;
vṛddhāḥ
—
adult
;
āliṅgya
—
embracing
;
kṛṣṇam
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
pradaduḥ
—
gave
;
dhanāni
—
wealkth
;
śubhāśiṣā
—
with blessings
;
samyuyujuḥ
—
placed
;
ghṛṇārtāḥ
—
*filled with kindness.
Translation
O king, then Nanda, Yaśodā, Rohiṇī, and the gopa elders headed by Sannanda, embraced Kṛṣṇa, gave Him great wealth, and, filled with kindness and love, spoke many benedictions blessing Him.
Verse text
saṁślāghya taṁ gāyana-vādya-tat-parā
nṛtyanta ārān nṛpa nanda-nandanam
ājagmur eva sva-gṛhān vrajaukaso
hariṁ puraskṛtya manorathaṁ gatāḥ
Synonyms
saṁślāghya
—
praising
;
tam
—
Him
;
gāyana-vādya-tat-parā
—
earnestlky singing and playing muscial instruments
;
nṛtyanta
—
dancing
;
ārān
—
near
;
nṛpa
—
O king
;
nanda-nandanam
—
to Nanda's son
;
ājagmuḥ
—
came
;
eva
—
indeed
;
sva-gṛhān
—
from the own homes
;
vrajaukasaḥ
—
the residents of Vraja
;
harim
—
to Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
puraskṛtya
—
worshiping
;
manoratham
—
desire
;
gatāḥ
—
*attained.
Translation
O king, singing, dancing, and playing musical instruments, the people of Vraja approached Lord Kṛṣṇa and worshiped Him. In this way all their desires were fulfilled.
Verse text
tadaiva devā vavṛṣuḥ praharṣitāḥ
puṣpaiḥ śubhaiḥ sundara-nandanodbhavaiḥ
jagur yaśaḥ śrī-girirāja-dhāriṇo
gandharva-mukhyā divi siddha-saṅghāḥ
Synonyms
tadā
—
then
;
eva
—
indeed
;
devā
—
the demigods
;
vavṛṣuḥ
—
showered
;
praharṣitāḥ
—
jubilant
;
puṣpaiḥ
—
with flowers
;
śubhaiḥ
—
beautiful
;
sundara
—
beautiful
;
nandana
—
in the Nandana gardens
;
udbhavaiḥ
—
grown
;
jaguḥ
—
sang
;
yaśaḥ
—
the glories
;
śrī-girirāja-dhāriṇaḥ
—
of the lifter of Govardhana Hill
;
gandharva-mukhyā
—
the Gandharvas
;
divi
—
in heaven
;
siddha-saṅghāḥ
—
*the siddhas.
Translation
Then the jubilant demigods showered beautiful flowers grown in the beautiful Nandana gardens, and the Gandharvas and Siddhas in the higher planets sang the glories of Śrī Kṛṣṇa, the lifter of Govardhana Hill.
.pa
Chapter Four Śrī Kṛṣṇābhiṣeka The Coronation-Bathing of Śrī Kṛṣṇa
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
atha deva-gaṇaiḥ sārdhaṁ
śakras tatra samāgataḥ
gatamāno girau kṛṣṇaṁ
rahasi praṇanāma ha
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
atha
—
then
;
deva-gaṇaiḥ
—
the demigods
;
sārdham
—
with
;
śakraḥ
—
Indra
;
tatra
—
there
;
samāgataḥ
—
came
;
gatamānaḥ
—
going
;
girau
—
on the hill
;
kṛṣṇam
—
to Kṛṣṇa
;
rahasi
—
in a secluded place
;
praṇanāma
—
bowed down
;
ha
—
*indeed.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: Then, accompanied by the demigods, Indra went to a secluded place on Govardhana Hill and bowed down before Lord Kṛṣṇa.
Verse text
śrī-indra uvāca
tvaṁ deva-devaḥ parameśvaraḥ prabhuḥ
pūrṇaḥ purāṇaḥ puruṣottamottamaḥ
parāt paras tvaṁ prakṛteḥ paro harir
māṁ pāhi pāhi dyu-pate jāgat-pate
Synonyms
śrī-indraḥ uvāca
—
Śrī Indra said
;
tvam
—
You
;
deva-devaḥ
—
the master of the demigods
;
parameśvaraḥ
—
the supreme controller
;
prabhuḥ
—
the master
;
pūrṇaḥ
—
perfect
;
purāṇaḥ
—
the oldest
;
puruṣottamottamaḥ
—
the supreme person
;
parāt
—
than the greatest
;
paraḥ
—
greater
;
tvam
—
You
;
prakṛteḥ
—
to material nature
;
paraḥ
—
superior
;
hariḥ
—
Lord Hari
;
mām
—
me
;
pāhi
—
please save
;
pāhi
—
please save
;
dyu-pate
—
O Lord of the spiritual sky
;
jāgat-pate
—
*O master of the universes.
Translation
Śrī Indra said: You are the master of the demigods, the supreme controller, the Lord who is perfect and complete, the oldest, the supreme person greater than the greatest and above the material energy, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Hari. O master of the spiritual sky, O master of the universes, please save me! Please save me!
Verse text
daśāvatāro bhagavāṁs tvam eva
rirakṣayā dharma-gavāṁ śruteś ca
adyaiva jātaḥ paripūrṇa-devaḥ
kaṁsādi-daityendra-vināśanāya
Synonyms
daśa
—
ten
;
avatāraḥ
—
incarnations
;
bhagavāṁḥ
—
Lord
;
tvam
—
You
;
eva
—
indeed
;
rirakṣayā
—
with a desire to protect
;
dharma-gavām
—
the cow of religion
;
śruteḥ
—
the Vedas
;
ca
—
and
;
adya
—
today
;
eva
—
indeed
;
jātaḥ
—
born
;
paripūrṇa-devaḥ
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
kaṁsādi
—
headed by Kaṁsa
;
daityendra
—
—the kings of the demons
;
vināśanāya
—
*to destroy.
Translation
You are the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, perfect and complete, who descends as the ten avatāras. Desiring to protect the Vedic scriptures and the cows of piety, and desiring also to kill the demons headed by Kaṁsa, You have taken birth in this world.
Verse text
tvan-māyayā mohita-citta-vṛttiṁ
madoddhataṁ helana-bhājanaṁ mām
piteva putraṁ dyu-pate kṣamasva
prasīda deveśa jagan-nivāsa
Synonyms
tvan-māyayā
—
by Your illusory potency
;
mohita
—
bewilderd
;
citta
—
of the mind
;
vṛttim
—
the cations
;
madoddhatam
—
inflated with pride and anger
;
helana
—
of insults
;
bhājanam
—
a reservoir
;
mām
—
me
;
pitā
—
a father
;
iva
—
like
;
putram
—
to a son
;
dyu-pate
—
O master of the spiritual sky
;
kṣamasva
—
please forgive
;
prasīda
—
please be kind
;
deveśa
—
O master of the demigods
;
jagan-nivāsa
—
*O home of the universes.
Translation
O master of the spiritual sky, as a father forgives his son, please forgive me, a proud fool bewildered by Your illusory potency, a fool who has become a great reservoir of offenses to You. O master of the demigods, O home where the universes dwell, please be kind to me.
Verse text
oṁ namo govardhanoddharaṇāya govindāya gokula-nivāsāya gopālāya gopāla-pataye gopī-jana-bhārtre giri-gajoddhārtre karuṇā-nidhaye jagad-vidhaye jagan-maṅgalāya jagan-nivāsāya jagan-mohanāya koṭi-manmatha-manmathāya vṛṣabhānu-sutā-varāya śrī-nanda-rāja-kula-pradīpāya śrī-kṛṣṇāya paripūrṇatamāya te 'saṅkhya-brahmāṇḍa-pataye goloka-dhāma-dhiṣaṇādhipataye svayam-bhagavate sa-balāya namas te namas te.
Synonyms
om
—
Om
;
namaḥ
—
obeisances
;
govardhana
—
of Govardhana Hill
;
uddharaṇāya
—
to the lifter
;
govindāya
—
the pleasure of the cows, land, and senses
;
gokula-nivāsāya
—
who resides in Gokula
;
gopālāya
—
a gopa boy
;
gopāla-pataye
—
the master of the gopas
;
gopī-jana-bhārtre
—
the husband of the gopīs
;
giri-gajoddhārtre
—
the lifter of Govardhana Hill, the great elephant of mountains
;
karuṇā-nidhaye
—
an ocean of mercy
;
jagad-vidhaye
—
the creator of the universes
;
jagan-maṅgalāya
—
the auspiciiusness of the universes
;
jagan-nivāsāya
—
the home where the universes dwell
;
jagan-mohanāya
—
He who charms the universes
;
koṭi-manmatha-manmathāya
—
who bewilders many millions of Kāmadevas
;
vṛṣabhānu-sutā-varāya
—
the lover of Śrī Rādhā
;
śrī-nanda-rāja-kula-pradīpāya
—
the lamp of King nanda's family
;
śrī-kṛṣṇāya
—
Śrī Kṛṣṇa
;
paripūrṇatamāya
—
the perfect and complete one
;
te
—
to You
;
asaṅkhya
—
countless
;
brahmāṇḍa
—
of universes
;
pataye
—
to the master
;
goloka-dhāma-dhiṣaṇādhipataye
—
to the master of the abode of Goloka
;
svayam-bhagavate
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself
;
sa-balāya
—
with Balarāma
;
namaḥ
—
obeisances
;
te
—
to You
;
namaḥ
—
obeisances
;
te
—
*to You.
Translation
Oṁ. Obeisances! Obeisances to You! Obeisances to You, the lifter of Govardhana Hill, the pleasure of the cows, land, and senses, the Lord who resides in Gokula as the protector of the cows, the master of the gopas, the husband of the gopīs, the lifter of the elephant among mountains, an ocean of mercy, the creator of the universes, the auspiciousness of the universes, the home where the universes dwell, the enchanter of the universes, the enchanter of many millions of Kāmadevas, the lover of King Vṛṣabhānu's daughter, a lamp shining in King Nanda's family, all-attractive Śrī Kṛṣṇa, the perfect and complete original Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of countless universes, the master of the transcendental abode of Goloka, the companion of Balarāma!
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
iti śakra-kṛtaṁ stotraṁ
prātar utthāya yaḥ paṭhet
sarvā siddhir bhavet tasya
saṅkaṭān na bhayaṁ bhavet
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
iti
—
thus
;
śakra-kṛtam
—
done by Indra
;
stotram
—
prayer
;
prātaḥ
—
in the morning
;
utthāya
—
rising
;
yaḥ
—
one who
;
paṭhet
—
recites
;
sarvā
—
all
;
siddhiḥ
—
perfection
;
bhavet
—
is
;
tasya
—
of him
;
saṅkaṭāt
—
from danger
;
na
—
not
;
bhayam
—
fear
;
bhavet
—
*is.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: A person who, rising in the morning, recites these prayers of Indra attains all perfections. Dangers will not make him fear.
Verse text
iti stutvā hariṁ devaṁ
sarvair deva-gaṇaiḥ saha
kṛtāṣjali-puṭo bhūtvā
praṇanāma purandaraḥ
Synonyms
iti
—
thus
;
stutvā
—
praying
;
harim
—
to Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
devam
—
the Lord
;
sarvaiḥ
—
with all
;
deva-gaṇaiḥ
—
the demigods
;
saha
—
with
;
kṛtāṣjali-puṭaḥ
—
folded hands
;
bhūtvā
—
becoming
;
praṇanāma
—
bowed down
;
purandaraḥ
—
*Indra.
Translation
After offering these prayers, Indra folded his hands and, accompanied by all the demigods, bowed down before Lord Kṛṣṇa.
Verse text
atha govardhane ramye
surabhir gauḥ samudra-jā
snāpayām āsa gopeśaṁ
dugdha-dhārābhir ātmanaḥ
Synonyms
atha
—
then
;
govardhane
—
on Govardhana Hill
;
ramye
—
beautiful
;
surabhiḥ
—
surabhi
;
gauḥ
—
cow
;
samudra-jā
—
born from the ocean of milk
;
snāpayām āsa
—
bathed
;
gopa
—
of the gopas
;
īśam
—
the king
;
dugdha-dhārābhiḥ
—
with streams of milk
;
ātmanaḥ
—
*own.
Translation
Then, on beautiful Govardhana Hill, the surabhi cow born from the milk-ocean bathed the gopa-king Kṛṣṇa with great streams of milk.
Verse text
śuṇḍā-daṇḍaiś caturbhiś ca
dyu-gaṅgā-jala-pūritaiḥ
śrī-kṛṣṇaṁ snāpayām āsa
matta airāvato gajaḥ
Synonyms
śuṇḍā-daṇḍaiḥ
—
with trunks
;
caturbhiś
—
four
;
ca
—
and
;
dyu-gaṅgā-jala-pūritaiḥ
—
filled with water from the celestial Gaṅgā
;
śrī-kṛṣṇam
—
Śrī Kṛṣṇa
;
snāpayām āsa
—
bathed
;
matta
—
intoxicated
;
airāvataḥ
—
Airāvata
;
gajaḥ
—
*elephant.
Translation
Its four trunks filled with celestial Gaṅgā water, the intoxicated elephant Airāvata bathed Lord Kṛṣṇa.
Verse text
ṛṣibhiḥ śrutibhiḥ sarvair
deva-gandharva-kinnarāḥ
tuṣṭuvus te hariṁ rājan
harṣitāḥ puṣpa-varṣiṇaḥ
Synonyms
ṛṣibhiḥ
—
by the sages
;
śrutibhiḥ
—
by the Vedas
;
sarvaiḥ
—
all
;
deva-gandharva-kinnarāḥ
—
by the devas gandharvas and kinnaras
;
tuṣṭuvuḥ
—
offered prayers
;
te
—
they
;
harim
—
to Kṛṣṇa
;
rājan
—
O king
;
harṣitāḥ
—
happy
;
puṣpa-varṣiṇaḥ
—
*showering flowers.
Translation
Then the joyful devas, kinnaras, gandharvas, ṛṣis, and personified Vedas offered prayers to Lord Kṛṣṇa and showered HIm with flowers.
Verse text
kṛṣṇābhiṣeke saṣjāte
giri-govardhano mahān
dravī-bhūto 'vahad rājan
harṣānandāditas tataḥ
Synonyms
kṛṣṇa
—
of Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
abhiṣeke
—
the coronation bathing
;
saṣjāte
—
completed
;
giri-govardhanaḥ
—
on Govardhana Hill
;
mahān
—
great
;
dravī-bhūtaḥ
—
become liquid
;
avahat
—
flowed
;
rājan
—
O king
;
harṣānandāditaḥ
—
from the bliss
;
tataḥ
—
*then.
Translation
When the coronation bathing of Śrī Kṛṣṇa was completed noble Govardhana Hill became to melt with joy.
Verse text
prasanno bhagavāṁs tasmin
kṛtavān hasta-paṅkajam
tad-dhastaṁ cihnam adyāpi
dṛśayte tad-girau nṛpa
Synonyms
prasannaḥ
—
pleased
;
bhagavāṁḥ
—
the Lord
;
tasmin
—
in that
;
kṛtavān
—
did
;
hasta-paṅkajam
—
lotus hand
;
tad-dhastam
—
His hand
;
cihnam
—
mark
;
adya
—
today
;
api
—
even
;
dṛśayte
—
is seen
;
tad-girau
—
on that hill
;
nṛpa
—
*O king.
Translation
Pleased, the Lord left the mark of His lotus hand on the melting hill. O king, even today that handprint can be seen on Govardhana Hill.
Verse text
tat tīrthaṁ ca paraṁ bhūtaṁ
narāṇāṁ pāpa-nāśanam
tad eva pada-cihnaṁ syāt
tat tīrthaṁ viddhi maithila
Synonyms
tat
—
that
;
tīrtham
—
holy place
;
ca
—
and
;
param
—
great
;
bhūtam
—
become
;
narāṇām
—
of human beings
;
pāpa-nāśanam
—
destroying sins
;
tat
—
that
;
eva
—
indeed
;
pada-cihnam
—
footprint
;
syāt
—
is
;
tat
—
that
;
tīrtham
—
holy place
;
viddhi
—
know
;
maithila
—
*O king of Mithilā.
Translation
O king of Mithilā, know that the footprints Kṛṣṇa left there are a great holy place that destroys the people's sins.
Verse text
etāvat tasya tatraiva
pāda-cihnaṁ babhūva ha
surabheḥ pada-cihnāni
babhūvus tatra maithila
Synonyms
etāvat
—
like that
;
tasya
—
of Him
;
tatra
—
there
;
eva
—
indeed
;
pāda-cihnam
—
footprint
;
babhūva
—
was
;
ha
—
indeed
;
surabheḥ
—
of the surabhi cow
;
pada-cihnāni
—
hoofprints
;
babhūvuḥ
—
were
;
tatra
—
there
;
maithila
—
*O king of Mithilā.
Translation
O king of Mithilā, next to Lord Kṛṣṇa footprints were the surabhi cow's hoofprints.
Verse text
dyu-gaṅgā-jala-pātena
kṛṣṇa-snānena maithila
tatra vai mānasi gaṅgā
girau jātāgha-nāśinī
Synonyms
dyu
—
celestial
;
gaṅgā
—
Ganges
;
jala
—
water
;
pātena
—
falling
;
kṛṣṇa
—
Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
snānena
—
bathing
;
maithila
—
O king of Mithilā
;
tatra
—
there
;
vai
—
indeed
;
mānasī gaṅgā
—
the Mānasa-gaṅgā
;
girau
—
on Govardhana Hill
;
jāta
—
manifested
;
agha
—
sins
;
nāśinī
—
*destroying.
Translation
O king of Mithilā, the celestial Gaṅgā water that bathed Lord Kṛṣṇa on Govardhana Hill became the Mānasa-gaṅgā lake, which destroys all sins.
Verse text
surabher dugdha-dhārābhir
govinda-snānato nṛpa
jāto govinda-kuṇḍo 'drau
mahā-pāpa-haraḥ paraḥ
Synonyms
surabheḥ
—
of the surabhin cow
;
dugdha-dhārābhiḥ
—
with streams of milk
;
govinda-snānataḥ
—
from bathing Kṛṣṇa
;
nṛpa
—
O king
;
jātaḥ
—
born
;
govinda-kuṇḍaḥ
—
Govinda-kuṇḍa
;
adrau
—
on the hill
;
mahā-pāpa-haraḥ
—
destroying the greatest sins
;
paraḥ
—
*great.
Translation
O king, the streams of the surabhi cow's milk that bathed Lord Kṛṣṇa on Govardhana Hill became the Govinda-kuṇḍa lake, which destroys the greatest sins.
Verse text
kadācit tasmin dugdhasya
svādutvaṁ pratipadyate
tatra snātvā naraḥ sākṣād
govinda-padam āpnuyāt
Synonyms
kadācit
—
sometimes
;
tasmin
—
thgere
;
dugdhasya
—
of milk
;
svādutvam
—
deliciousness
;
pratipadyate
—
is manifested
;
tatra
—
there
;
snātvā
—
having bathed
;
naraḥ
—
a person
;
sākṣāt
—
directly
;
govinda-padam
—
the feet of Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
āpnuyāt
—
*attains
Translation
Sometimes the water in that lake tastes like delicious milk. One who bathes there attains Lord Kṛṣṇa's feet.
Verse text
pradakṣiṇī-kṛtya hariṁ praṇamya vai
dattvā balīṁs tatra purandarādayaḥ
jaya-dhvaniṁ kṛtya su-puṣpa-varṣiṇo
yayuḥ surāḥ saukhya-yutās triviṣṭapam
Synonyms
pradakṣiṇī-kṛtya
—
circumambulating
;
harim
—
Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
praṇamya
—
bowing down
;
vai
—
certainly
;
dattvā
—
givving
;
baliṁḥ
—
offerings
;
tatra
—
there
;
purandara
—
by Indra
;
ādayaḥ
—
headed
;
jaya
—
victory
;
dhvanim
—
sound
;
kṛtya
—
doing
;
su-puṣpa-varṣiṇaḥ
—
showering flowers
;
yayuḥ
—
went
;
surāḥ
—
the demigods
;
saukhya-yutāḥ
—
happy
;
triviṣṭapam
—
*to the celestial worlds.
Translation
Circumambulating Lord Kṛṣṇa, bowing down, making many offerings, calling out, "All glories!" and showering Him with flowers, the happy demigods returned to their celestial abode.
Verse text
kṛṣṇābhiṣekasya kathāṁ śṛṇoti yo
daśāśvamedhāvabhṛthādhikaṁ phalam
prāpnoti rājendra sa eva bhūyasaḥ
paraṁ padaṁ yāti parasya vedhasaḥ
Synonyms
kṛṣṇa
—
of Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
abhiṣekasya
—
of the ceremonial bathing
;
kathām
—
narration
;
śṛṇoti
—
hears
;
yaḥ
—
one who
;
daśa
—
ten
;
aśvamedha
—
asvamedha-yajnas
;
avabhṛtha
—
bathing
;
adhikam
—
more
;
phalam
—
result
;
prāpnoti
—
attains
;
rājendra
—
O king of kings
;
sa
—
he
;
eva
—
indeed
;
bhūyasaḥ
—
better
;
paraṁ padam
—
the supreme abode
;
yāti
—
attains
;
parasya
—
of the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
vedhasaḥ
—
*the creator.
Translation
A person who hears this narration of Śrī Kṛṣṇa's ceremonial bathing attains a result much greater than the result of ten aśvamedha-yajṣas. He attains the supreme creator's transcendental abode.
.pa
Chapter Five Gopa-vivāda The Dispute Among the Gopas
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
ekadā sarva-gopālā
gopyo nanda-sutasya tat
adbhutaṁ caritaṁ dṛṣṭvā
nandam āhur yaśomatim
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
ekadā
—
one day
;
sarva-gopālā
—
all the gopas
;
gopyaḥ
—
gopīs
;
nanda-sutasya
—
of Kṛṣṇa
;
tat
—
that
;
adbhutam
—
wonderful
;
caritam
—
pastimes
;
dṛṣṭvā
—
seeing
;
nandam
—
to nanda
;
āhuḥ
—
said
;
yaśomatim
—
*Yaśodā.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: Having seen Kṛṣṇa wonderful and surprising pastimes, the gopas and gopīs said to Nanda and Yaśodā:
Verse text
he gopa-rāja tvad-vaṁśe
ko 'pi jāto na cādri-dhṛk
na kṣamas tvaṁ śilāṁ dhartuṁ
saptāhaṁ he yaśomati
Synonyms
he
—
O
;
gopa
—
of the gopas
;
rāja
—
king
;
tvad-vaṁśe
—
in your family
;
ko 'pi
—
someone
;
jātaḥ
—
born
;
na
—
not
;
ca
—
and
;
adri
—
a hill
;
dhṛk
—
lifter
;
na
—
not
;
kṣamaḥ
—
able
;
tvam
—
you
;
śilām
—
a rock
;
dhartum
—
to hold
;
sapta
—
for seven
;
aham
—
days
;
he
—
O
;
yaśomati
—
*Yaśodā.
Translation
O king of the gopas, no one in your family could lift a hill. O Yaśodā, you could not hold even a single rock for seven days.
Verse text
kva sapta-hāyano bālaḥ
kvādri-rājasya dhāraṇam
tena no jāyate śaṅkā
tava putre mahā-bale
Synonyms
kva
—
where
;
sapta-hāyanaḥ
—
seven years old
;
bālaḥ
—
boy
;
kva
—
where?
;
adri-rājasya
—
the king of mountains
;
dhāraṇam
—
holding
;
tena
—
by that
;
naḥ
—
of us
;
jāyate
—
is born
;
śaṅkā
—
doubt
;
tava
—
of you
;
putre
—
in the son
;
mahā-bale
—
*very powerful.
Translation
What is the strength of a seven-year-old boy? How strong must one be to lift Govardhana Hill, the king of mountains? We have begun to doubt the identity of your unnaturally strong boy.
Verse text
ayaṁ bibhrad giri-varaṁ
kamalaṁ gaja-rāḍ iva
ucchilīndhraṁ yathā bālo
hastenaikena līlayā
Synonyms
ayam
—
He
;
bibhrat
—
holding
;
giri-varam
—
the greatest of mountains
;
kamalam
—
a lotus flower
;
gaja-rāḍ
—
the king of elephants
;
iva
—
like
;
ucchilīndhram
—
a mushroom
;
yathā
—
as
;
bālaḥ
—
a boy
;
hastena ekena
—
with one hand
;
līlayā
—
*playfully.
Translation
With one hand He playfully held up the greatest of mountains as an elephant holds up a lotus flower or a child holds up a mushroom.
Verse text
gaura-varṇā yaśodā tvaṁ
nanda tvaṁ gaura-varṇa-dhṛk
ayaṁ jāta kṛṣṇa-varṇā
etat-kula-vilakṣaṇam
Synonyms
gaura-varṇa
—
fair
;
yaśodā
—
Yaśodā
;
tvam
—
you
;
nanda
—
Nanda
;
tvam
—
you
;
gaura-varṇa-dhṛk
—
fair
;
ayam
—
He
;
jāta
—
born
;
kṛṣṇa-varṇā
—
dark
;
etat-kula
—
in this family
;
vilakṣaṇam
—
*unusual.
Translation
O Yaśodā, your complexion is fair. O Nanda, your complexion is also fair. This boy is very dark. He is different from the rest of the family.
Verse text
yad vāstu kṣatriyāṇāṁ tu
bāla etādṛśo yathā
balabhadre na doṣaḥ syāc
candra-vaṁśa-samudbhave
Synonyms
yat
—
what
;
vā
—
or
;
astu
—
may be
;
kṣatriyāṇām
—
of the kṣatriyas
;
tu
—
indeed
;
bāla
—
boy
;
etādṛśaḥ
—
like this
;
yathā
—
as
;
balabhadre
—
for Balarāma
;
na
—
not
;
doṣaḥ
—
a fault
;
syāc
—
is
;
candra-vaṁśa-samudbhave
—
*born in the ksatriya dynasty of the moon-god.
Translation
This boy is like a kṣatriya. For Balarāma a kṣatriya's nature is not unexpected. He was born in a kṣatriya family descended from the moon-god.
Verse text
jṣātes tyāgaṁ kariṣyāmo
yadi satyaṁ na bhāṣase
gopeṣu cāsya votpattiṁ
vada cen na kalir bhavet
Synonyms
jṣāteḥ
—
of the family
;
tyāgam
—
renunciation
;
kariṣyāmaḥ
—
we will do
;
yadi
—
if
;
satyam
—
truth
;
na
—
not
;
bhāṣase
—
you tell
;
gopeṣu
—
among the gopas
;
ca
—
and
;
asya
—
of Him
;
vā
—
or
;
utpattim
—
birth
;
vada
—
tell
;
cen
—
if
;
na
—
not
;
kaliḥ
—
a quarrel
;
bhavet
—
*may be.
Translation
If you don't tell us the truth, we will leave the community. Was this boy really born in a family of gopas? If you don't tell us, there will be a great quarrel.
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
śrutvā gopāla-vacanaṁ
yaśodā bhaya-vihvalā
nanda-rājas tadā prāha
gopān krodha-prapūritān
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
śrutvā
—
hearings
;
gopāla-vacanam
—
the gopas' words
;
yaśodā
—
Yaśodā
;
bhaya-vihvalā
—
overcome with fear
;
nanda-rājaḥ
—
King Nanda
;
tadā
—
then
;
prāha
—
said
;
gopān
—
to the gopas
;
krodha-prapūritān
—
*filled with anger.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: As she heard the gopas' words, Yaśodā became gripped with fear. Then King Nanda spoke to the angry gopas.
Verse text
śrī-nanda uvāca
gargasya vākyaṁ he gopā
vadiṣyāmi samāhitaḥ
yena gopa-gaṇā yūyaṁ
bhavatāśu gata-vyathāḥ
Synonyms
śrī-nanda uvāca
—
Śrī Nanda said
;
gargasya
—
of Garga Muni
;
vākyam
—
the words
;
he
—
O
;
gopā
—
gopas
;
vadiṣyāmi
—
I will speak
;
samāhitaḥ
—
attentive
;
yena
—
by which
;
gopa-gaṇā
—
O gopas
;
yūyam
—
you
;
bhavata
—
will be
;
āśu
—
at once
;
gata-vyathāḥ
—
*free of distress.
Translation
Śrī Nanda said: O gopas, I will carefully tell you what Garga Muni said. O gopas, by his words you wil be quickly free of your anxiety. Garga Muni said to me:
Verse text
ka-kāraḥ kamala-kānto
ṛ-kāro rāma ity api
ṣa-kāraḥ ṣaḍ-guṇa-patiḥ
śvetadvīpa-nivāsa-kṛt
Synonyms
ka-kāraḥ
—
the letter k
;
kamala-kāntaḥ
—
the lover of the goddess of fortune
;
ṛ-kāraḥ
—
r
;
rāma
—
Rāma
;
ity
—
thus
;
api
—
also
;
ṣa-kāraḥ
—
ṣ
;
ṣaḍ-guṇa-patiḥ
—
the Lord who has six transcendental opulences
;
śvetadvīpa-nivāsa-kṛt
—
*the Lord who resides in Śvetadvīpa.
Translation
In the word "Kṛṣṇa" the letter "k" means "the lover of the goddess of fortune", "ṛ" means Lord Rāmacandra", "ṣ" means "the Lord of six opulences" or "the Lord who resides in Śvetadvīpa".
Verse text
ṇa-kāro narasiṁho 'yaṁ
a-kāro hy akṣaro 'gni-bhuk
visargau ca tathā hy etau
nara-nārāyaṇāv ṛṣī
Synonyms
ṇa-kāraḥ
—
ṇ
;
narasiṁhaḥ
—
Lord Nṛsiṁha
;
ayam
—
He
;
a-kāraḥ
—
hy—a
;
akṣaraḥ
—
the eternal
;
agni-bhuk
—
He who enjoys what is offered int he sacrificial fire
;
visargau
—
ḥ
;
ca
—
and
;
tathā
—
so
;
hy
—
indeed
;
etau
—
both
;
nara-nārāyaṇāu ṛṣī
—
*Nara-Nārāyaṇa Ṛṣi.
Translation
"Ṇ" means "Lord Nṛsiṁha", "a" means "the eternal one" or "the Lord who enjoys what is offered in the sacrifical fire", and "ḥ" means "the Nara-Nārāyaṇa Ṛṣis".
Verse text
sampralīnaś ca ṣaṭ-pūrṇā
yasmin chabde mahātmāni
paripūrṇatame sākṣāt
tena kṛṣṇaḥ prakīrtitaḥ
Synonyms
sampralīnaḥ
—
entered
;
ca
—
and
;
ṣaṭ
—
six
;
pūrṇā
—
full
;
yasmin
—
in which
;
chabde
—
sopund
;
mahātmāni
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
paripūrṇatame
—
perfect and complete
;
sākṣāt
—
directky
;
tena
—
by that
;
kṛṣṇaḥ
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
prakīrtitaḥ
—
*is called.
Translation
These six letters combine to form the name of the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is perfect and complete. That is why this boy is named Kṛṣṇa.
Verse text
śuklo raktas tathā pīto
varṇo 'syānu-yugaṁ dhṛtaḥ
dvāparānte kaler ādau
bālo 'yaṁ kṛṣṇatāṁ gataḥ
Synonyms
śuklaḥ
—
white
;
raktaḥ
—
red
;
tathā
—
so
;
pītaḥ
—
yellow
;
varṇaḥ
—
colors
;
asya
—
of Him
;
anu-yugam
—
in each yuga
;
dhṛtaḥ
—
held
;
dvāparānte
—
at the end of Dvapara-yuag
;
kaleḥ
—
of kali-yuga
;
ādau
—
at the beginning
;
bālaḥ
—
boy
;
ayam
—
this
;
kṛṣṇatām
—
the state of being dark-complexioned Kṛṣṇa
;
gataḥ
—
*attains.
Translation
In the other yugas He is white, red, or yellow, but at the end of Dvāpara-yuga and the beginning of Kali-yuga, this boy becomes dark-complexioned (kṛṣṇa).
Verse text
tasmāt kṛṣṇa iti khyāto
nāmnāyaṁ nanda-nandanaḥ
vasavaś cendriyāṇīti
tad devaś citta eva hi
tasmin yaś ceṣṭate so 'pi vāsudeva iti smṛtaḥ
Synonyms
tasmāt
—
therefore
;
kṛṣṇa
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
iti
—
thus
;
khyātaḥ
—
named
;
nāmnā
—
by the name
;
ayam
—
He
;
nanda-nandanaḥ
—
the son of Nanda
;
vasavaś
—
the Vasus
;
ca
—
and
;
indriyāṇi
—
the senses
;
iti
—
thus
;
tat
—
that
;
devaś
—
Lord
;
citta
—
in the heart
;
eva
—
indeed
;
hi
—
indeed
;
tasmin
—
in that
;
yaś
—
who
;
ceṣṭate
—
acts
;
saḥ
—
He
;
api
—
indeed
;
vāsudeva
—
vāsudeva
;
iti
—
thus
;
smṛtaḥ
—
*remembered.
Translation
That is why Nanda's son has the name Kṛṣṇa. Because He is the Lord (deva) that rules over the eight vasus (the heart, mind, intelligence, and the five senses), He is also called Vāsudeva.
Verse text
vṛṣabhānu-sutā rādhā
yā jāta kīrti-mandire
tasyāḥ patir ayaṁ sākṣāt
tena rādhā-patiḥ smṛtaḥ
Synonyms
vṛṣabhānu-sutā
—
King Vṛṣabhānu's daughter
;
rādhā
—
Rādhā
;
yā
—
who
;
jāta
—
is born
;
kīrti-mandire
—
in Kīrti's palace
;
tasyāḥ
—
of Her
;
patiḥ
—
the Lord
;
ayam
—
He
;
sākṣāt
—
directly
;
tena
—
by Him
;
rādhā-patiḥ
—
the Lord of Rādhā
;
smṛtaḥ
—
*remembered.
Translation
Because He is the husband (pati) of King Vṛṣabhānu's daughter Rādhā, who was born in the palace of Kīrti-devī, He is also called Rādhā-pati.
Verse text
paripūrṇatamaḥ sākṣāc
chrī-kṛṣṇo bhagavān svayam
asaṅkhya-brahmāṇḍa-patir
goloke dhāmni rājate
Synonyms
paripūrṇatamaḥ
—
perfect and complete
;
sākṣāc
—
directly
;
chrī-kṛṣṇaḥ
—
Śrī Kṛṣṇa
;
bhagavān
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
svayam
—
Himself
;
asaṅkhya
—
countless
;
brahmāṇḍa
—
of universes
;
patiḥ
—
the master
;
goloke
—
in Goloka
;
dhāmni
—
in the abode
;
rājate
—
*is gloriously manifested.
Translation
Śrī Kṛṣṇa is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead. He is perfect and complete. He is the master of countless universes. In the transcendental abode of Goloka He shines with transcendental glory.
Verse text
so 'yaṁ tava śiśur jāto
bhārāvataraṇāya ca
kaṁsādīnāṁ vadhārthāya
bhaktānāṁ pālanāya ca
Synonyms
saḥ
—
He
;
ayam
—
that very person
;
tava
—
of you
;
śiśuḥ
—
the son
;
jātaḥ
—
born
;
bhārāvataraṇāya
—
to relieve the burden
;
ca
—
and
;
kaṁsādīnām
—
of the demons headed by Kaṁsa
;
vadhārthāya
—
for killing
;
bhaktānām
—
of the devotees
;
pālanāya
—
for protection
;
ca
—
*and.
Translation
In order to relieve the earth of its burden, kill the demons headed by Kaṁsa, and protect the devotees, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead has now become your son.
Verse text
anantāny asya nāmāni
veda-guhyāni bhārata
līlābhiś ca bhaviṣyanti
tat-karmasu na vismayaḥ
Synonyms
anantāni
—
endless
;
asya
—
of Him
;
nāmāni
—
names
;
veda-guhyāni
—
hidden from the Vedas
;
bhārata
—
O descendent of Bharata
;
līlābhiś
—
with pastimes
;
ca
—
and
;
bhaviṣyanti
—
will be
;
tat-karmasu
—
in His deeds
;
na
—
not
;
vismayaḥ
—
*wonder.
Translation
O descendent of Bharata, His names are endless. His names are hidden even from the Vedas. His transcendental pastimes will show what His names are. Do not be surprised by them.
Verse text
iti śrutvātmaje gopāḥ
sandehaṁ na karomy aham
veda-vākyaṁ brahma-vacaḥ
pramāṇaṁ hi mahī-tale
Synonyms
iti
—
thus
;
śrutvā
—
hearing
;
atmaje
—
about his son
;
gopāḥ
—
the gopas
;
sandeham
—
doubt
;
na
—
not
;
karomy
—
did
;
aham
—
I
;
veda-vākyam
—
the words of the Vedas
;
brahma-vacaḥ
—
the words of a brāhmaṇa
;
pramāṇam
—
evidence
;
hi
—
indeed
;
mahī-tale
—
*on the earth.
Translation
When I heard Garga Muni say this about my son, I did not doubt his words. The words of the Vedas and the words of a brāhmaṇa are the final proof of what is true in this world.
Verse text
śrī-gopā ūcuḥ
yady āgatas tava gṛhe
gargācāryo mahā-muniḥ
tat-kṣaṇe nāma-karaṇe
nāhūta jṣātayas tvayā
Synonyms
śrī-gopāḥ ūcuḥ
—
the gopas said
;
yady
—
if
;
āgataḥ
—
come
;
tava
—
of you
;
gṛhe
—
in thebhome
;
gargacaryaḥ
—
Garga Muni
;
mahā-muniḥ
—
the great sage
;
tat-kṣaṇe
—
at that moment
;
nāma-karane
—
in the name-giving ceremony
;
na
—
not
;
āhūtā
—
called
;
jṣātayaḥ
—
relatives
;
tvayā
—
*by you.
Translation
Ther gopas said: If the great sage Garga Muni actually came to your home and performed the name-giving ceremony, why did you not call your relatives to come and witness it?
Verse text
sva-gṛhe nāma-kāraṇaṁ
bhavatā ca kṛtaṁ śiśoḥ
tava caitādṛśī rītir
guptaṁ sarvaṁ gṛhe 'pi yat
Synonyms
sva-gṛhe
—
in the home
;
nāma-kāraṇam
—
the name-giving ceremony
;
bhavatā
—
by you
;
ca
—
and
;
kṛtam
—
done
;
śiśoḥ
—
of the child
;
tava
—
of you
;
ca
—
and
;
etādṛśī
—
like this
;
rītiḥ
—
method
;
guptam
—
hidden
;
sarvam
—
all
;
gṛhe
—
in the home
;
api
—
even
;
yat
—
*what.
Translation
You kept the name-giving ceremony a secret even when it was performed in your own home!
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
evaṁ vadantas te gopā
nirgatā nanda-mandirāt
vṛṣabhānu-varaṁ jagmuḥ
krodha-pūrita-vigrahāḥ
Synonyms
śrī-nāradaḥ uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
evam
—
thus
;
vadantaḥ
—
speaking
;
te
—
the
;
gopā
—
gopas
;
nirgatā
—
left
;
nanda-mandirāt
—
from Nanda's palace
;
vṛṣabhānu-varam
—
to King Vṛṣabhānu
;
jagmuḥ
—
went
;
krodha-pūrita-vigrahāḥ
—
*their bodies filled with anger.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: Their bodies filled with anger as they spoke these words, the gopas left Nanda's palace and went to King Vṛṣabhānu.
Verse text
vṛṣabhānu-varaṁ sākṣān
nanda-rāja-sahāyakam
prāhur gopa-gaṇāḥ sarve
jṣāter mada-samanvitāḥ
Synonyms
vṛṣabhānu-varam
—
to King Vṛṣabhānu
;
sākṣān
—
directlky
;
nanda-rāja-sahāyakam
—
King Nanda's assistant
;
prāhuḥ
—
said
;
gopa-gaṇāḥ
—
the gopas
;
sarve
—
all
;
jṣāteḥ
—
for their relative
;
mada-samanvitāḥ
—
*filled with anger.
Translation
Filled with anger for their kinsman Nanda, all the gopas spoke to Nanda's friend, King Vṛṣabhānu.
Verse text
śrī-gopā ūcuḥ
vṛṣabhānu-vara tvaṁ vai
jṣāti-mukhyo mahā-manāḥ
nanda-rājaṁ tyaja jṣāter
he gopeśvara bhū-pate
Synonyms
śrī-gopāḥ ūcuḥ
—
the gopas said
;
vṛṣabhānu-vara
—
O King Vṛṣabhānu
;
tvam
—
you
;
vai
—
indeed
;
jṣāti-mukhyaḥ
—
the best of the family
;
mahā-manāḥ
—
noble-hearted
;
nanda-rājam
—
King Nanda
;
tyaja
—
reject
;
jṣāteḥ
—
of the relative
;
he
—
O
;
gopeśvara
—
king of the gopas
;
bhū-pate
—
*O king.
Translation
The gopas said: O King Vṛṣabhānu, you have a noble heart. You are the best person in our community. O king, O leader of the gopas, you should sever your ties of friendship with King Nanda.
Verse text
śrī-vṛṣabhānu-vara uvāca
ko doṣo nanda-rājasya
jṣātes tvaṁ santyajāmy aham
gopeṣṭo jṣāti-mukuṭo
nanda-rājo mama priyaḥ
Synonyms
śrī-vṛṣabhānu-vara uvāca
—
King Vṛṣabhānu said
;
kaḥ
—
what?
;
doṣaḥ
—
is the fault
;
nanda-rājasya
—
of King Nanda
;
jṣāteḥ
—
of the kinsman
;
tvam
—
you
;
santyajāmy
—
I shall abandon
;
aham
—
I
;
gopeṣṭaḥ
—
worshiped by the gopas
;
jṣāti
—
of the family
;
mukuṭaḥ
—
the crown
;
nanda-rājaḥ
—
King Nanda
;
mama
—
to me
;
priyaḥ
—
*dear.
Translation
Śrī Vṛṣabhānu said: What wrong has King Nanda done that I should sever my ties of friendship with him? King Nanda is worshiped by the gopas. He is the crown that gloriously decorates our community. He is my dear friend.
Verse text
śrī-gopā ūcuḥ
na cet tyajasi taṁ rājaṁs
tyajāmas tvāṁ vrajaukasaḥ
tvad-gṛhe vardhitā kanyo-
dvaha-yogyā mahā-mune
Synonyms
śrī-gopāḥ ūcuḥ
—
the gopas said
;
na
—
not
;
cet
—
if
;
tyajasi
—
you reject
;
tam
—
him
;
rājaṁḥ
—
O king
;
tyajāmaḥ
—
we reject
;
tvām
—
you
;
vrajaukasaḥ
—
the residents of Vraja
;
tvad-gṛhe
—
in your home
;
vardhitā
—
increased
;
kanyā
—
of the daughter
;
udvaha
—
for marriage
;
yogyā
—
suitable
;
mahā-mune
—
*O thoughtful one.
Translation
The gopas said: O king, if you do not sever your ties of friendship with him, we, the people of Vraja, will sever our ties of friendship with you. O thoughtful one, in your home you have a grown-up daughter of marriageable age.
Verse text
bhavatā jṣāti-mukhyena
sampad-unmada-sālinā
na dattā vara-mukhyāya
kaluṣaṁ tava vidyate
Synonyms
bhavatā
—
by you
;
jṣāti-mukhyena
—
the first person in the community
;
sampad-unmada-sālinā
—
mad with opulence
;
na
—
not
;
dattā
—
given
;
vara-mukhyāya
—
to a bridegroom
;
kaluṣam
—
fault
;
tava
—
of you
;
vidyate
—
*will be.
Translation
If you, the first person in our community, who have now become maddened with your wealth and opulences, find yourself unable to give Her in marriage to a suitable bridegroom, the fault will be yours alone.
Verse text
adya tvaṁ jṣāti-sambhraṣṭam
pṛthāṅ manyāmahe nṛpa
na cec chīghraṁ nanda-rājam
tyaja tyaja mahā-mate
Synonyms
adya
—
now
;
tvam
—
you
;
jṣāti
—
from the community
;
sambhraṣṭam
—
fallen
;
pṛthān
—
specific
;
manyāmahe
—
we think
;
nṛpa
—
O king
;
na
—
not
;
cec
—
if
;
chīghram
—
for a long time
;
nanda-rājam
—
King nanda
;
tyaja
—
reject
;
tyaja
—
reject
;
mahā-mate
—
*O noble-hearted one.
Translation
If you do not for a long time sever your ties of friendship with King Nanda, we will ostracize you from our community. O noble-hearted one, reject, reject King Nanda.
Verse text
śrī-vṛṣabhānu-vara uvāca
gargasya vākyaṁ he gopā
vadiṣyāmi samāhitaḥ
yena gopa-gaṇā yūyaṁ
bhavatāśu gata-vyathāḥ
Synonyms
śrī-vṛṣabhānu-vara uvāca
—
King Vṛṣabhānu said
;
gargasya
—
of Garga
;
vākyam
—
the words
;
he
—
O
;
gopā
—
gopas
;
vadiṣyāmi
—
I will tell
;
samāhitaḥ
—
careful
;
yena
—
by which
;
gopa-gaṇā
—
O gopas
;
yūyam
—
you
;
bhavata
—
will become
;
āśu
—
at once
;
gata-vyathāḥ
—
*free of anxiety.
Translation
Śrī Vṛṣabhānu said: O gopas, I will repeat for you Garga Muni's words. Those words will make you free of all these anxieties. Garga Muni said:
Verse text
asaṅkhya-brahmāṇḍa-patir
golokeśaḥ parāt paraḥ
tasmāt paro varo nāsti
jāto nanda-gṛhe śiśuḥ
Synonyms
asaṅkhya-brahmāṇḍa-patiḥ
—
the master of countless universes
;
golokeśaḥ
—
themaster of Goloka
;
parāt
—
than the greatest
;
paraḥ
—
greater
;
tasmāt
—
than Him
;
paro varaḥ
—
greate
;
na
—
not
;
asti
—
is
;
jātaḥ
—
born
;
nanda-gṛhe
—
in nanda's home
;
śiśuḥ
—
*the boy.
Translation
The boy that was born in Nanda's home is the master of countless universes. He is the master of Goloka. He is greater than the greatest. No one is greater than Him.
Verse text
bhuvo bhārāvatārāya
kaṁsādīnāṁ vadhāya ca
brahmaṇā prārthitaḥ kṛṣṇo
babhūva jagatī-tale
Synonyms
bhuvaḥ
—
of the earth
;
bhārāvatārāya
—
to remove the burden
;
kaṁsādīnām
—
beginning with Kaṁsa
;
vadhāya
—
for killing
;
ca
—
and
;
brahmaṇā
—
by Brahmā
;
prārthitaḥ
—
requested
;
kṛṣṇaḥ
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
babhūva
—
became
;
jagatī-tale
—
*on the earth.
Translation
On the demigod Brahmā's request, Kṛṣṇa came to this universe to remove the earth's burden and kill the demons headed by Kaṁsa.
Verse text
śrī-kṛṣṇa-paṭṭa-rājṣī yā
goloke rādhikābhidhā
tvad-gṛhe so 'pi saṣjātā
tvaṁ na jānāsi tāṁ parām
Synonyms
śrī-kṛṣṇa-paṭṭa-rājṣī
—
Śrī Kṛṣṇa's frist queen
;
yā
—
who
;
goloke
—
in Goloka
;
rādhikābhidhā
—
named Rādhā
;
tvad-gṛhe
—
in your home
;
saḥ
—
He
;
api
—
also
;
saṣjātā
—
born
;
tvam
—
you
;
na
—
not
;
jānāsi
—
know
;
tam
—
that
;
param
—
*great.
Translation
Śrī Rādhā, who in the realm of Goloka is Śrī Kṛṣṇa's first queen, has taken birth in your home. You do not know how exalted She is.
Verse text
ahaṁ na kārayiṣyāmi
vivāham anayor nṛpa
tayor vivāho bhavitā
bhāṇḍīre yamunā-taṭe
Synonyms
aham
—
I
;
na
—
not
;
kārayiṣyāmi
—
will arrange
;
vivāham
—
the marriage
;
anayoḥ
—
of Them
;
nṛpa
—
O king
;
tayoḥ
—
of Them
;
vivāhaḥ
—
the marriage
;
bhavitā
—
will be
;
bhāṇḍire
—
in Bhandiravana
;
yamunā
—
of the Yamunā
;
taṭe
—
*on the shore.
Translation
I will not arrange the marriage of Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa. They will be married in Bhāṇḍīravan forest by the Yamunā's shore.
Verse text
vṛndāvana-samīpe ca
nirjane sundare sthale
parameṣṭhī samāgatya
vivāhaṁ kārayiṣyati
Synonyms
vṛndāvana-samīpe
—
near Vṛndāvana forest
;
ca
—
and
;
nirjane
—
in a secluded spot
;
sundare
—
beautiful
;
sthale
—
place
;
parameṣṭhī
—
the demigod Brahmā
;
samāgatya
—
coming
;
vivāham
—
the marriage
;
kārayiṣyati
—
*will perform.
Translation
In a beautiful secluded place near Vṛndāvana forest the demigod Brahmā will perform their wedding.
Verse text
tasmād rādhāṁ gopa-varā
viddhy ardhāṅgīṁ parasya ca
loka-cūḍā-maṇeḥ sākṣād
rājṣīṁ goloka-mandire
Synonyms
tasmāt
—
therefor3
;
rādhām
—
Rādhā
;
gopa-varā
—
O best of gopas
;
viddhy
—
know
;
ardhāṅgīm
—
half of the body
;
parasya
—
of the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
ca
—
and
;
loka
—
of the worlds
;
cūḍā
—
the crest
;
maṇeḥ
—
jewel
;
sākṣāt
—
directly
;
rājṣīm
—
the queen
;
goloka-mandire
—
*in the palace of Goloka.
Translation
O best of the gopas, please understand that, in the palace of Goloka, Rādhā is the first queen of Śrī Kṛṣṇa, who is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the crest jewel of the worlds.
Verse text
yūyaṁ sarve 'pi gopālā
golokād āgatā bhuvi
tathā gopī-gaṇā gāvo
gokule rādhikecchayā
Synonyms
yūyam
—
you
;
sarve
—
all
;
api
—
also
;
gopālā
—
O gopas
;
golokāt
—
from Goloka
;
āgatā
—
come
;
bhuvi
—
in the earth
;
tathā
—
so
;
gopī-gaṇā
—
the gopīs
;
gāvaḥ
—
the cows
;
gokule
—
in Gokula
;
rādhikā
—
of Śrī Rādhā
;
icchayā
—
*by the desire.
Translation
From Goloka all you gopas have come to the earth. The gopīs and cows have also come, by Rādhā's wish from Goloka.
Verse text
evam uktvā gate sākṣād
gargācārye mahā-munau
tad-dinād atha rādhāyaṁ
sandehaṁ na karomy aham
Synonyms
evam
—
thus
;
uktvā
—
speaking
;
gate
—
gone
;
sākṣāt
—
directlky
;
gargācārye
—
Garga Muni
;
mahā-munau
—
great sage
;
tad-dināt
—
from that day
;
atha
—
then
;
rādhāyam
—
in Rādhā
;
sandeham
—
doubt
;
na
—
not
;
karomy
—
do
;
aham
—
*I.
Translation
After speaking these words, the great sage Garga Muni left. From that day I have not doubted Rādhā's exalted position.
Verse text
veda-vākyaṁ brahma-vacaḥ
pramāṇaṁ hi mahī-tale
iti vaḥ kathitaṁ gopāḥ
kiṁ bhūyaḥ śrotum icchatha
Synonyms
veda-vākyam
—
the words of the Vedas
;
brahma-vacaḥ
—
the words of a brāhmaṇa
;
pramāṇam
—
evidence
;
hi
—
indeed
;
mahī-tale
—
on the earth
;
iti
—
thus
;
vaḥ
—
by us
;
kathitam
—
spoken
;
gopāḥ
—
O gopas
;
kim
—
what?
;
bhūyaḥ
—
more
;
śrotum
—
to hear
;
icchatha
—
*do you wish.
Translation
The words of the Vedas and the words of a brāhmaṇa are the final proof of what is true in this world. O gopas, now I have explained all this to you. What more do you wish to hear?
.pa
Chapter Six Śrī Hari-parīkṣaṇa The Test of Śrī Kṛṣṇa
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
vṛṣabhānu-varasyedaṁ
vacaḥ śrutvā vrajaukasaḥ
ūcuḥ punaḥ śānti-gatā
vismitā mukta-saṁśayāḥ
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
vṛṣabhānu-varasya
—
of zking Vṛṣabhānu
;
idam
—
this
;
vacaḥ
—
—statement
;
śrutvā
—
hearing
;
vrajaukasaḥ
—
the residents of Vraja
;
ūcuḥ
—
said
;
punaḥ
—
again
;
śānti-gatā
—
peaceful
;
vismitā
—
astonished
;
mukta-saṁśayāḥ
—
*free from doubt.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: After hearing King Vṛṣabhānu's words, the surprised people of Vraja became peaceful and free of all doubts.
Verse text
śrī-gopā ūcuḥ
samicīnāṁ varo rājan
rādheyaṁ tu hari-priyā
tat-prabhāvena te dīrghaṁ
vaibhavaṁ dṛśyate bhuvi
Synonyms
śrī-gopā ūcuḥ
—
the gopas said
;
samicīnām
—
truth
;
varaḥ
—
best
;
rājan
—
O king
;
rādhā
—
Rādhā
;
iyam
—
She
;
tu
—
indeed
;
hari-priyā
—
dear to Lord Hari
;
tat-prabhāvena
—
by His power
;
te
—
indeed
;
dīrgham
—
long
;
vaibhavam
—
glory
;
dṛśyate
—
is seen
;
bhuvi
—
*on the earth.
Translation
The gopas said: O king, you speak the truth. Rādhā is Lord Hari's beloved. His potencies have made you become opulent and glorious in this world.
Verse text
sahasraśo gajā mattāḥ
koṭiśo 'śvāś ca caṣcalāḥ
rathāś ca deva-dhiṣṇyābhāḥ
śibikāḥ koṭiśaḥ śubhāḥ
koṭiśaḥ koṭiśo gāvo
hema-ratna-manoharāḥ
mandirāṇi vicitrāṇi
ratnāni vividhāni ca
sarvaṁ saukhyaṁ bhojanādi
dṛśyate sāmprataṁ tava
kaṁso 'pi dharṣito jāto
dṛṣṭvā te balam adbhutam
Synonyms
sahasraśaḥ
—
thousands
;
gajā
—
elephants
;
mattāḥ
—
maddened
;
koṭiśaḥ
—
millions
;
aśvāḥ
—
horses
;
ca
—
and
;
caṣcalāḥ
—
restless
;
rathāḥ
—
chariots
;
ca
—
and
;
deva-dhiṣṇyābhāḥ
—
splendid as the homes of the demigods
;
śibikāḥ
—
palanquins
;
koṭiśaḥ
—
millions
;
śubhāḥ
—
glory
;
koṭiśaḥ
—
millions
;
koṭiśaḥ
—
and millions
;
gāvaḥ
—
cows
;
hema-ratna-manoharāḥ
—
beautiful with gold and jewels
;
mandirāṇi
—
palaces
;
vicitrāṇi
—
wonderful
;
ratnāni
—
jewels
;
vividhāni
—
various
;
ca
—
and
;
sarvam
—
all
;
saukhyam
—
happiness
;
bhojanādi
—
beginning with enjoymwent
;
dṛśyate
—
is seen
;
sāmpratam
—
now
;
tava
—
of you
;
kaṁsaḥ
—
Kaṁsa
;
api
—
even
;
dharṣitaḥ
—
defeated
;
jātaḥ
—
born
;
dṛṣṭvā
—
seeing
;
te
—
of you
;
balam
—
the strength
;
adbhutam
—
*wonderful.
Translation
We see that you have thousands of intoxicated elephants, tens of millions of restless horses, tens of millions of chariots glorious as the demigods' airplanes, tens of millions of beautiful palanquins, many millions and millions of cows beautiful with gold and jewels, many wonderful jewel palaces, and all possible pleasures. Even Kaṁsa himself is defeated when he sees your wonderful strength.
Verse text
kānyakubja-pateḥ sākṣād
bhalandana-nṛpasya ca
jāmātā tvaṁ mahā-vīra
kuvera iva kośavān
Synonyms
kānyakubja-pateḥ
—
the king of Kanyakubja
;
sākṣāt
—
directly
;
bhalandana-nṛpasya
—
of King Bhalandana
;
ca
—
and
;
jāmātā
—
the son-in-law
;
tvam
—
you
;
mahā-vīra
—
Ogreat hero
;
kuvera
—
Kuvera
;
iva
—
like
;
kośavān
—
*rich.
Translation
You are the son-in-law of King Bhalandana, the ruler of Kānyakubja. You are as rich as Kuvera.
Verse text
tvat-samaṁ vaibhavaṁ nāsti
nanda-rāja-gṛhe kvacit
kṛṣīvalo nanda-rājo
go-patir dīna-mānasaḥ
Synonyms
tvat
—
to you
;
samam
—
equal
;
vaibhavam
—
glory
;
na
—
not
;
asti
—
is
;
nanda-rāja-gṛhe
—
in the home of King Nanda
;
kvacit
—
anywhere
;
kṛṣīvalaḥ
—
farmer
;
nanda-rājaḥ
—
King Nanda
;
go-patiḥ
—
the matser of cows
;
dīna-mānasaḥ
—
*unhappy at heart.
Translation
Even King Nanda's home does not have wealth and opulence equal to yours. The farmer King Nanda, who is the master of many cows, is poor-hearted in comparison to you.
Verse text
yadi nanda-sutaḥ sākṣāt
paripūrṇatamo hariḥ
sarveṣāṁ paśyatāṁ nas tat
parīkṣāṁ kāraya prabho
Synonyms
yadi
—
if
;
nanda-sutaḥ
—
nanda's son
;
sākṣāt
—
directiy
;
paripūrṇatamaḥ
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
hariḥ
—
Lord Hari
;
sarveṣām
—
of all
;
paśyatām
—
looking on
;
naḥ
—
of us
;
tat
—
of Him
;
parīkṣām
—
a test
;
kāraya
—
please make
;
prabhaḥ
—
*O lord.
Translation
O master, if Nanda's son is in truth the Supreme Personality of Godhead, then please put Him to a test that will reveal His divinity as we all watch.
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
teṣāṁ vākyaṁ tataḥ śrutvā
vṛṣabhānu-varo mahān
cakāra nanda-rājasya
vaibhavasya parīkṣaṇam
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
teṣām
—
of them
;
vākyam
—
the wprds
;
tataḥ
—
then
;
śrutvā
—
hearing
;
vṛṣabhānu-varaḥ
—
King Vṛṣabhānu
;
mahān
—
great
;
cakāra
—
did
;
nanda-rājasya
—
of King Nanda
;
vaibhavasya
—
of the opulence
;
parīkṣaṇam
—
*test.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: Hearing their words, King Vṛṣabhānu devised a test to determine the extent of King Nanda's wealth.
Verse text
koṭi-dāmāni muktānāṁ
sthūlānāṁ maithileśvara
ekaikā yeṣu muktāś ca
koṭi-maulyāḥ sphurat-prabhāḥ
nidhāya tāni pātreṣu
vṛṇānaiḥ kuśalair janaiḥ
preṣayām āsa nandāya
sarveṣāṁ paśyatāṁ nṛpa
Synonyms
koṭi
—
ten million
;
damāni
—
strings
;
muktānām
—
of pearls
;
sthūlānām
—
great
;
maithileśvara
—
O king of Mithilā
;
ekaikā
—
one by one
;
yeṣu
—
in which
;
muktāś
—
pearls
;
ca
—
and
;
koṭi-maulyāḥ
—
ten million crowns
;
sphurat-prabhāḥ
—
splendid
;
nidhāya
—
placing
;
tāni
—
them
;
pātreṣu
—
in caskets
;
vṛṇānaiḥ
—
with messengers bearing a proposal of marriage
;
kuśalaiḥ
—
handsome
;
janaiḥ
—
by men
;
preṣayām āsa
—
sent
;
nandāya
—
to Nanda
;
sarveṣām
—
of all
;
paśyatām
—
watching
;
nṛpa
—
*O king.
Translation
O king of Mithilā, as everyone watched, King Vṛṣabhānu took ten million necklaces of giant pearls, each pearl splendid as ten million glittering crowns, placed them in many jewel caskets, and had many handsome men take them to King Nanda with a proposal for his son's marriage.
Verse text
nanda-rāja-sabhāṁ gatvā
vṛṇānāḥ kuśalāḥ bhṛśāṁ nidhāya dāma-pātrāṇi
nandam āhuḥ praṇamya tam
Synonyms
nanda-rāja-sabhām
—
to King Nanda's assembly
;
gatvā
—
going
;
vṛṇānāḥ
—
the men bearin ghe marriage-proposal
;
kuśalāḥ
—
handsome
;
bhṛśām
—
greatly
;
nidhāya
—
placing
;
dāma-pātrāṇi
—
the caskets of pearls
;
nandam
—
to Nanda
;
āhuḥ
—
said
;
praṇamya
—
bowing down
;
tam
—
*to him.
Translation
Entering King Nanda's assembly, bowing down, and presenting the caskets of pearls, the handsome men bearing the marriage-proposal spoke to Nanda.
Verse text
vṛṇānā ūcuḥ
vivāha-yogyāṁ nava-kaṣja-netrāṁ
koṭīndu-bimba-dyutim ādadhānām
vijṣāya rādhāṁ vṛṣabhānu-mukhyas
cakre vicāraṁ su-varaṁ vicinvan
tavāṅgajaṁ divyam anaṅga-mohanaṁ
govardhanoddharaṇa-doḥ-samudbhaṭam
samvīkṣya casmān vṛṣabhānu-vanditaḥ
sampreṣayām āsa viśāmpate prabho
Synonyms
vivāha
—
for marriage
;
yogyām
—
suitable
;
nava-kaṣja-netrām
—
whose eyes are new lotus flowers
;
koṭi
—
ten million
;
indu
—
moons
;
bimba
—
circles
;
dyutim
—
splendor
;
ādadhānām
—
taking
;
vijṣāya
—
understanding
;
rādhām
—
Rādhā
;
vṛṣabhānu-mukhyaḥ
—
King Vṛṣabhānu
;
cakre
—
did
;
vicāram
—
consideration
;
su-varam
—
a suitable husband
;
vicinvan
—
selected
;
tava
—
of you
;
aṅgajam
—
the son
;
divyam
—
glorious
;
anaṅga-mohanam
—
more charming than Kāmadeva
;
govardhana
—
Govardhana Hill
;
uddharaṇa
—
lifting
;
doḥ
—
arm
;
samudbhaṭam
—
power
;
samvīkṣya
—
seeing
;
ca
—
and
;
asmān
—
us
;
vṛṣabhānu-vanditaḥ
—
glorious King Vṛṣabhānu
;
sampreṣayām āsa
—
sent
;
viśāmpate
—
O king of the vaiśyas
;
prabhaḥ
—
*O master.
Translation
The men bearing a marriage-proposal said: Aware that his daughter Rādhā, who is splendid as ten million moons and whose eyes are like new lotus flowers, is now old enough to be married, King Vṛṣabhānu has given some thought to who should be Her husband. He has decided on your son, who is charming as Kāmadeva himself, and whose powerful arm lifted Govardhana Hill. O master, O king of the vaiśyas, seeing us, glorious King Vṛṣabhānu sent us with this message.
Verse text
varasya cāṅke bharaṇāya pūrvaṁ
muktā-phalānāṁ nicayaṁ gṛhāṇa
itaś ca kanyārtham alaṁ pradehi
saiṣā hi cāsmāt kulajā prasiddhiḥ
Synonyms
varasya
—
of the bridegroom
;
ca
—
and
;
aṅke
—
on the lap
;
bharaṇāya
—
for holding
;
pūrvam
—
before
;
muktā-phalānām
—
of pearls
;
nicayam
—
abundance
;
gṛhāṇa
—
please take
;
itaḥ
—
from this
;
ca
—
and
;
kanyā
—
girl
;
artham
—
wealth
;
alam
—
great
;
pradehi
—
please give
;
sa
—
she
;
eṣā
—
She
;
hi
—
indeed
;
ca
—
and
;
asmāt
—
from that
;
kulajā
—
respectable
;
prasiddhiḥ
—
*glorious.
Translation
Please accept these pearls as a wedding-gift. Please give a similar gift to this girl. She is very respectable and glorious.
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
dṛṣṭvā dravyaṁ paro nando
vismito 'pi vicārayan
praṣṭuṁ yaśodāṁ tat-tulyaṁ
nitvā cāntaḥ-puraṁ yayau
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
dṛṣṭvā
—
seeing
;
dravyam
—
thing
;
paraḥ
—
great
;
nandaḥ
—
Nanda
;
vismitaḥ
—
astonished
;
api
—
even
;
vicārayan
—
considering
;
praṣṭum
—
to ask
;
yaśodām
—
Yaśodā
;
tat-tulyam
—
equal to that
;
nitvā
—
bringing
;
ca
—
and
;
antaḥ-puram
—
to the inner rooms of the palace
;
yayau
—
*went.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: Gazing at the precious gift, Nanda became filled with wonder. Thinking to ask Yaśodā if they had anything equal to that gift, he went to the palace's inner rooms.
Verse text
ciraṁ dadhyau tadā nando
yaśodā ca yasaśvinī
etan-muktā-samānaṁ tu
dravyaṁ nāsti gṛhe mama
Synonyms
ciram
—
a long time
;
dadhyau
—
gave
;
tadā
—
then
;
nandaḥ
—
Nanda
;
yaśodā
—
Yaśodā
;
ca
—
and
;
yasaśvinī
—
glorious
;
etan-muktā
—
to those pearls
;
samānam
—
equal
;
tu
—
indeed
;
dravyam
—
something
;
na
—
not
;
asti
—
is
;
gṛhe
—
in the homne
;
mama
—
*my.
Translation
Thinking for a long time, King Nanda and glorious Yaśodā came to the same conclusion: "In our home there is nothing equal to these pearls.
Verse text
loke lajjā gatā sarvā
hāsaḥ syāc ced dhanodbhṛtam
kiṁ kartavyaṁ tat prati yac
chrī-kṛṣṇodvāha-karmaṇi
Synonyms
loke
—
before the people
;
lajjā
—
embarrassment
;
gatā
—
attained
;
sarvā
—
all
;
hāsaḥ
—
laughter
;
syāc
—
will be
;
cet
—
if
;
dhana
—
wealth
;
udbhṛtam
—
held
;
kim
—
what?
;
kartavyam
—
should be done
;
tat
—
that
;
prati
—
to
;
yac
—
what
;
śrī-kṛṣṇa
—
of Śrī Kṛṣṇa
;
udvāha
—
marriage
;
karmaṇi
—
*in the deed.
Translation
"If we do not give a proper gift we will be embarrassed before everyone. Everyone will laugh at us. What should we do? What can we give on the occasion of Śrī Kṛṣṇa's wedding?"
Verse text
tato 'yogyaṁ tad-grahaṇaṁ
paścāt kāryaṁ dhanāgame
evaṁ cintayatas tasya
nandasyaiva yaśodayā
ālakṣya āgatas tatra
bhagavān vṛjiṇārdanaḥ
nītvā dāma-śataṁ teṣu
bahiḥ-kṣetreṣu sarvataḥ
muktā-phalāni caikaikaṁ
prākṣipat sva-kareṇa vai
yathā bījāni cānnānāṁ
sva-kṣetreṣu kṛṣīvalaḥ
Synonyms
tataḥ
—
then
;
ayogyam
—
unsuitable
;
tad-grahaṇam
—
acceptance of that
;
paścāt
—
then
;
kāryam
—
to be done
;
dhana
—
wealth
;
āgame
—
in the arrival
;
evam
—
thus
;
cintayataḥ
—
thinking
;
tasya
—
of him
;
nandasya
—
King Nanda
;
eva
—
indeed
;
yaśodayā
—
with Yaśodā
;
ālakṣya
—
seeing
;
āgataḥ
—
come
;
tatra
—
there
;
bhagavān
—
the Lord
;
vṛjiṇārdanaḥ
—
the savior from sins
;
nītvā
—
taking
;
dāma-śatam
—
a hundred necklaces
;
teṣu
—
in them
;
bahiḥ-kṣetreṣu
—
in the fields
;
sarvataḥ
—
everywhere
;
muktā-phalāni
—
pearls
;
ca
—
and
;
eka-ekam
—
one by one
;
prākṣipat
—
threw
;
sva-kareṇa
—
with His own hand
;
vai
—
indeed
;
yathā
—
as
;
bījāni
—
seeds
;
ca
—
and
;
annānām
—
of grains
;
sva-kṣetreṣu
—
in His own fields
;
kṛṣīvalaḥ
—
*a farmer.
Translation
Observing that Nanda and Yaśodā thought they had nothing suitable to give in return, Lord Kṛṣṇa, the savior from distress, took one hundred of the pearl necklaces and, with His own hand, planted the pearls one by one as if He were a farmer planting grains.
Verse text
atha nando 'pi gaṇayan
kalikā-nicayaṁ punaḥ
śataṁ nyūnaṁ ca tad dṛṣṭvā
sandehaṁ sa jagāma ha
Synonyms
atha
—
then
;
nandaḥ
—
Nanda
;
api
—
also
;
gaṇayan
—
counting
;
kalikā-nicayam
—
the pearl necklaces
;
punaḥ
—
again
;
śatam
—
one hundred
;
nyūnam
—
diminished
;
ca
—
and
;
tat
—
that
;
dṛṣṭvā
—
seeing
;
sandeham
—
doubt
;
sa
—
he
;
jagāma
—
attained
;
ha
—
*indeed.
Translation
When he again counted the pearl necklaces, and found they were one hundred necklaces less, Nanda became filled with doubt.
Verse text
śrī-nanda uvāca
nāsti pūrvaṁ yat-samānaṁ
tatrāpi nyūnatāṁ gatam
aho kalaṅko bhavitā
jṣātiṣu sveṣu sarvataḥ
Synonyms
śrī-nanda uvāca
—
Śrī Nanda said
;
na
—
not
;
asti
—
is
;
pūrvam
—
before
;
yat-samānam
—
equal to that
;
tatra
—
there
;
api
—
also
;
nyūnatām
—
diminution
;
gatam
—
attained
;
ahaḥ
—
Oh
;
kalaṅkaḥ
—
fault
;
bhavitā
—
will be
;
jṣātiṣu
—
among the relatives
;
sveṣu
—
own
;
sarvataḥ
—
*in al, respects.
Translation
Śrī Nanda said: There are fewer necklaces than before. Alas, this is the fault of my own relatives!
Verse text
athavā krīḍanārthaṁ hi
kṛṣṇo yadi gṛhītavān
baladevo 'thavā bālas
tau pṛcche dīna-mānasaḥ
Synonyms
athavā
—
or
;
krīḍanārtham
—
in order to play
;
hi
—
indeed
;
kṛṣṇaḥ
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
yadi
—
if
;
gṛhītavān
—
took
;
baladevaḥ
—
Baladeva
;
athavā
—
or
;
bālaḥ
—
boys
;
tau
—
They
;
pṛcche
—
I will ask
;
dīna-mānasaḥ
—
*poor at heart.
Translation
Now I am unhappy at heart. I will ask whether Kṛṣṇa or Balarāma took the necklaces for their playing.
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
itthaṁ vicārya nando 'pi
kṛṣṇaṁ papraccha sādaram
prahasan bhagavān nandaṁ
prāha govardhanoddharaḥ
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
ittham
—
thus
;
vicārya
—
considering
;
nandaḥ
—
Nanda
;
api
—
also
;
kṛṣṇam
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
papraccha
—
asked
;
sādaram
—
respectfully
;
prahasan
—
laughing
;
bhagavān
—
the Lord
;
nandam
—
to Nanda
;
prāha
—
said
;
govardhanoddharaḥ
—
*the lifter of Govardhana Hill.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: Thinking in this way, Nanda asked Kṛṣṇa. Lord Kṛṣṇa, the lifter of Govardhana Hill, smiled and respectfully spoke to King Nanda.
Verse text
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
kṛṣīvalā vayaṁ gopāḥ
sarva-bīja-prarohakāḥ
kṣetre muktā-prabījāni
vikīrṇī-kṛta-vāhanam
Synonyms
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead said
;
kṛṣīvalā
—
farmers
;
vayam
—
we
;
gopāḥ
—
gopas
;
sarva-bīja
—
all seeds
;
prarohakāḥ
—
planting
;
kṣetre
—
in the fields
;
muktā-prabījāni
—
seeds of pearls
;
vikīrṇī-kṛta-vāhanam
—
*scattering.
Translation
The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: We gopas are farmers. We plant all kinds of seeds. I planted some pearls in the fields.
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
śrutvātha svātmajenoktaṁ
taṁ nirbhartsya vrajeśvaraḥ
tāni netuṁ tat-sahitas
tat-kṣetrāṇi jagāma ha
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
śrutvā
—
hearing
;
atha
—
—then
;
svātmajena
—
by his own son
;
uktam
—
spoken
;
tam
—
Him
;
nirbhartsya
—
rebuking
;
vraja
—
of Vraja
;
īśvaraḥ
—
the king
;
tāni
—
them
;
netum
—
to bring
;
tat-sahitaḥ
—
with Him
;
tat-kṣetrāṇi
—
to the fields
;
jagāma
—
went
;
ha
—
*indeed.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: Hearing his son's words, and rebuking Him, Nanda, the king of Vraja, went with Him to the fields to retrieve the pearls.
Verse text
tatra muktā-phālānāṁ tu
śākhinaḥ śataśaḥ śubhāḥ
dṛśyate dīrgha-vapuṣo
harit-pallava-śobhitāḥ
Synonyms
tatra
—
there
;
muktā-phālānām
—
of pearls
;
tu
—
indeed
;
śākhinaḥ
—
trees
;
śataśaḥ
—
hundreds
;
śubhāḥ
—
beautiful
;
dṛśyate
—
is seen
;
dīrgha-vapuṣaḥ
—
tall
;
harit
—
green
;
pallava
—
leaves
;
śobhitāḥ
—
*handsome.
Translation
There they saw hundreds of beautiful, tall, green-leaved pearl trees.
Verse text
muktānāṁ stabakānāṁ tu
koṭiśaḥ koṭiśo nṛpa
saṅghā vilambitā rejur
jyotiṁsīva nabhaḥ-sthale
Synonyms
muktānām
—
of pearls
;
stabakānām
—
clusters
;
tu
—
indeed
;
koṭiśaḥ
—
ten millions
;
koṭiśaḥ
—
ten millions
;
nṛpa
—
O king
;
saṅghā
—
multitude
;
vilambitā
—
hanging
;
rejuḥ
—
shone
;
jyotiṁsi
—
stars
;
iva
—
like
;
nabhaḥ-sthale
—
*in the sky.
Translation
O king, in that place millions upon millions of bunches of pearls shone like many stars in the sky.
Verse text
tadāti-harṣito nando
jṣātvā kṛṣṇaṁ pareśvaram
muktā-phalāni divyāni
pūrva-sthūla-samāni ca
Synonyms
tadā
—
then
;
ati
—
very
;
harṣitaḥ
—
pleased
;
nandaḥ
—
Nanda
;
jṣātvā
—
understood
;
kṛṣṇam
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
pareśvaram
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
muktā-phalāni
—
pearls
;
divyāni
—
glittering
;
pūrva-sthūla-samāni
—
bigger than the previous ones
;
ca
—
*indeed.
Translation
Then the dlighted Nanda could understand that Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. These glittering pearls were bigger even than the first ones.
Verse text
teṣāṁ tu koṭi-bhārāṇi
nidhāya śakaṭeṣu ca
dadau tebhyo vṛṇānebhyo
nanda-rājo vrajeśvaraḥ
Synonyms
teṣām
—
of them
;
tu
—
indewed
;
koṭi-bhārāṇi
—
millions of bharas
;
nidhāya
—
placing
;
śakaṭeṣu
—
on carts
;
ca
—
and
;
dadau
—
gave
;
tebhyaḥ
—
them
;
vṛṇānebhyaḥ
—
to messengers bearing amrriage proposal
;
nanda-rājaḥ
—
King Nanda
;
vrajeśvaraḥ
—
*the king of Vraja.
Translation
Placing many millions of bhāras of these pearls on many wagons, Nanda, the king of Vraja, gave them to the men carrying the marriage-proposal.
Verse text
te gṛhītvātha tat sarvaṁ
vṛṣabhānu-varaṁ gataḥ
sarveṣāṁ śṛṇvatāṁ nanda-
vaibhavaṁ prajagur nṛpa
Synonyms
te
—
they
;
gṛhītvā
—
taking
;
atha
—
then
;
tat
—
that
;
sarvam
—
all
;
vṛṣabhānu-varam
—
to King Vṛṣabhānu
;
gataḥ
—
went
;
sarveṣām
—
of all
;
śṛṇvatām
—
hearing
;
nanda-
—
of Nanda
;
vaibhavam
—
the wealth
;
prajaguḥ
—
glorified
;
nṛpa
—
*O king.
Translation
They took the gift and gave it all to King Vṛṣabhānu. O king, everyone who saw this pastime praised the great wealth of King Nanda.
Verse text
tadāti-vismitāḥ sarve
jṣātvā nanda-sutaṁ harim
vṛṣabhānu-varaṁ nemur
niḥsandehā vrajaukasaḥ
Synonyms
tadā
—
then
;
ati-vismitāḥ
—
astonished
;
sarve
—
all
;
jṣātvā
—
understanding
;
nanda-sutam
—
Nanda's son
;
harim
—
Lord Hari
;
vṛṣabhānu-varam
—
to King Vṛṣabhānu
;
nemuḥ
—
bowed down
;
niḥsandehā
—
free from doubt
;
vrajaukasaḥ
—
*the residents of Vraja.
Translation
Filled with wonder, free of doubt, and now convinced that Nanda's son really was the Supreme Personality of Godhead, all the people of Vraja bowed down before King Vṛṣabhānu.
Verse text
rādhā hareḥ priyā jṣātā
rādhāyaś ca priyo hariḥ
jṣāto vraja-janaiḥ sarvais
tad-dinān maithileśvara
Synonyms
rādhā
—
Rādhā
;
hareḥ
—
of Lord Hari
;
priyā
—
beloved
;
jṣātā
—
understood
;
rādhāyāḥ
—
of Rādhā
;
ca
—
and
;
priyaḥ
—
beloved
;
hariḥ
—
Lord Hari
;
jṣātaḥ
—
understood
;
vraja-janaiḥ
—
by the people of Vraja
;
sarvaiḥ
—
all
;
tad-dinān
—
from that day
;
maithileśvara
—
*O king of Mithilā.
Translation
O king of Mithilā, from that day on everyone in Vraja understood that Rādhā was Kṛṣṇa's beloved and Kṛṣṇa was Rādhā's beloved.
Verse text
muktā-kṣepaḥ kṛto yatra
hariṇā nanda-sūnunā
muktā-sarovaras tatra
jāto maithila tīrtha-rāṭ
Synonyms
muktā
—
the pearls
;
kṣepaḥ
—
tossing
;
kṛtaḥ
—
did
;
yatra
—
where
;
hariṇā
—
by Lord Hari
;
nanda-sūnunā
—
the son of Nanda
;
muktā-sarovaraḥ
—
Muktā-sarovara
;
tatra
—
there
;
jātaḥ
—
manifested
;
maithila
—
O king of Mithilā
;
tīrtha
—
of holy places
;
rāṭ
—
*the king.
Translation
O king of Mithilā, the place where Nanda's son planted pearls became the lake Muktā-sarovara, the king of holy places.
Verse text
ekaṁ muktā-phalasyāpi
dānaṁ tatra karoti yaḥ
lakṣa-muktā-dāna-phalaṁ
samāpnoti na saṁśayaḥ
Synonyms
ekam
—
one
;
muktā-phalasya
—
of a pearl
;
api
—
even
;
dānam
—
a string
;
tatra
—
there
;
karoti
—
does
;
yaḥ
—
who
;
lakṣa
—
a hundred thousand
;
muktā
—
pearls
;
dāna
—
gift
;
phalam
—
result
;
samāpnoti
—
attains
;
na
—
no
;
saṁśayaḥ
—
*doubt.
Translation
A person who at that place gives in charity a single pearl attains the result of giving a hundred thousand pearls. Of this there is no doubt.
Verse text
evaṁ te kathito rājan
girirāja-mahotsavaḥ
bhukti-mukti-prado nṛṇāṁ
kiṁ bhūyaḥ śrotum icchasi
Synonyms
evam
—
thus
;
te
—
to you
;
kathitaḥ
—
spoken
;
rājan
—
O king
;
girirāja-mahotsavaḥ
—
the festival of the king of mountains
;
bhukti
—
sense gratification
;
mukti
—
and liberation
;
pradaḥ
—
giving
;
nṛṇām
—
of human beings
;
kim
—
what?
;
bhūyaḥ
—
more
;
śrotum
—
to hear
;
icchasi
—
*you wish.
Translation
O king, in this way I have described to you Govardhana Hill's festival, which brings with it both sense gratification and liberation. What more do you wish to hear?
.pa
Chapter Seven Śrī Girirāja-tīrtha The Holy Places of Śrī Girirāja
Verse text
śrī-bahulāśva uvāca
kati mukhyāni tīrthāni
girirāje mahātmani
etad brūhi mahā-yogin
sākṣāt tvaṁ divya-darśanaḥ
Synonyms
śrī-bahulāśva uvāca
—
Śrī Bahulāśva said
;
kati
—
how many
;
mukhyāni
—
important
;
tīrthāni
—
holy places
;
girirāje
—
on Govardhana Hill
;
mahātmani
—
the great soul
;
etat
—
that
;
brūhi
—
please tell
;
mahā-yogin
—
O great yogi
;
sākṣāt
—
directly
;
tvam
—
you
;
divya-darśanaḥ
—
*transcendental vision.
Translation
Śrī Bahulāśva said: How many holy places are on noble-hearted Govardhana Hill? O great yogī, you have transcendental vision. Please tell me this.
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
rājan govardhanaḥ sarvaḥ
sarva-tīrtha-varaḥ smṛtaḥ
vṛndāvanaṁ ca goloka-
mukuṭo 'driḥ prāpūjitaḥ
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
rājan
—
O king
;
govardhanaḥ
—
Govardhana Hill
;
sarvaḥ
—
all
;
sarva-tīrtha-varaḥ
—
the best of all holy places
;
smṛtaḥ
—
considered
;
vṛndāvanam
—
Vṛndāvana
;
ca
—
and
;
goloka
—
of Goloka
;
mukuṭaḥ
—
the crown
;
adriḥ
—
the hill
;
prāpūjitaḥ
—
*worshiped.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: O king, Vṛndāvana forest and Govardhana Hill, which is the crown of Goloka, are both worshiped as the best of holy places.
Verse text
gopa-gopī-gavāṁ rakṣa-
pradaṁ kṛṣṇa-priyo mahān
pūrṇa-brahmātapatro yas
tasmāt tīrtha-varas tu kaḥ
Synonyms
gopa-gopī-gavām
—
of the gopas, gopis, and cows
;
rakṣa
—
proetction
;
pradam
—
giving
;
kṛṣṇa-priyaḥ
—
dear to Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
mahān
—
great
;
pūrṇa
—
full
;
brahma
—
of the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
atapatraḥ
—
the parasol
;
yaḥ
—
who
;
tasmāt
—
from that
;
tīrtha-varaḥ
—
the best of holy places
;
tu
—
indeed
;
kaḥ
—
*what?
Translation
Noble Govardhana Hill is dear to Lord Kṛṣṇa. It is the Supreme Personality of Godhead's parasol. It protects the cows, gopas, and gopīs. What holy place is better than Govardhana Hill?
Verse text
indra-yāgaṁ vinirbhartsya
sarvair nija-janaiḥ saha
yat-pūjanaṁ samārebhe
bhagavān bhuvaneśvaraḥ
Synonyms
indra
—
for Indra
;
yāgam
—
the sacrifice
;
vinirbhartsya
—
criticizing
;
sarvaiḥ
—
by all
;
nija-janaiḥ
—
His own people
;
saha
—
with
;
yat
—
of which
;
pūjanam
—
the worship
;
samārebhe
—
performed
;
bhagavān
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
bhuvaneśvaraḥ
—
*the master of the worlds.
Translation
Lord Kṛṣṇa, the master of all the worlds, mocked the indra-yajna. Accompanied by His relatives, He worshiped Govardhana Hill.
Verse text
paripūrṇatamaḥ sākṣāc
chrī-kṛṣṇo bhagavān svayam
asaṅkhya-brahmāṇḍa-patir
golokeśaḥ parāt paraḥ
Synonyms
paripūrṇatamaḥ
—
supremely perfect
;
sākṣāc
—
direwctly
;
śrī-kṛṣṇaḥ
—
Śrī Kṛṣṇa
;
bhagavān
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
svayam
—
Himself
;
asaṅkhya
—
countless
;
brahmāṇḍa
—
of universes
;
patiḥ
—
the master
;
golokeśaḥ
—
the master of Goloka
;
parāt
—
than the greatest
;
paraḥ
—
*greater.
Translation
Śrī Kṛṣṇa is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, greater than the greatest, the master of Goloka, the ruler of countless universes.
Verse text
yasmin sthitaḥ sadā krīḍāṁ
arbhakaiḥ saha maithila
karoti tasya māhātmyaṁ
vaktuṁ nālaṁ catur-mukhaḥ
Synonyms
yasmin
—
in whom
;
sthitaḥ
—
situated
;
sadā
—
always
;
krīḍām
—
pastimes
;
arbhakaiḥ
—
with boys
;
saha
—
with
;
maithila
—
O king of Mithilā
;
karoti
—
does
;
tasya
—
of it
;
māhātmyam
—
the glory
;
vaktum
—
to say
;
na
—
not
;
alam
—
able
;
catur-mukhaḥ
—
*four-faced Brahmā.
Translation
O king of Mithilā, even the demigod Brahmā cannot properly glorify Govardhana Hill, where Lord Kṛṣṇa eternally plays with the gopa boys, . . .
Verse text
yatra vai mānasī gaṅgā
mahā-pāpaugha-nāśinī
govinda-kuṇḍaṁ viśadaṁ
śubhaṁ candra-sarovaram
Synonyms
yatra
—
where
;
vai
—
indeed
;
mānasī gaṅgā
—
the Mābasa Gaṅgā
;
mahā-pāpaugha-nāśinī
—
which destroys the greatest sisn
;
govinda-kuṇḍam
—
Govinda-kuṇḍa
;
viśadam
—
pure
;
śubham
—
beautiful
;
candra-sarovaram
—
*Candra-sarivara.
Translation
. . . where are the Mānasa-gaṅgā, which destroys a flood of the greatest sins, pure Govinda-kuṇḍa, beautiful Candra-sarovara, . . .
Verse text
rādhā-kuṇḍaḥ kṛṣṇa-kuṇḍo
lalitā-kuṇḍa eva ca
gopāla-kuṇḍas tatraiva
kusumākara eva ca
Synonyms
rādhā-kuṇḍaḥ
—
Rādhā-kuṇḍa
;
kṛṣṇa-kuṇḍaḥ
—
Śyāma-kuṇḍa
;
lalitā-kuṇḍa
—
Lalitā-kuṇḍa
;
eva
—
indeed
;
ca
—
and
;
gopāla-kuṇḍaḥ
—
Gopāla-kuṇḍa
;
tatra
—
there
;
eva
—
indeed
;
kusumākara
—
Kusuma-sarovara
;
eva
—
indeed
;
ca
—
*and.
Translation
. . . Rādhā-kuṇḍa, Śyāma-kuṇḍa, Lalitā-kuṇḍa, Gopāla-kuṇḍa, and Kusuma-sarovara.
Verse text
śrī-kṛṣṇa-mauli-saṁsparśān
mauli-cihnā śilābhavat
tasyā darśana-mātreṇa
deva-maulir bhavej janaḥ
Synonyms
śrī-kṛṣṇa
—
of Śrī Kṛṣṇa
;
mauli
—
the crown
;
saṁsparśāt
—
from the touch
;
mauli
—
of the crown
;
cihnā
—
the mark
;
śilā
—
stone
;
abhavat
—
was
;
tasyā
—
of that stone
;
darśana-mātreṇa
—
simply by seeing
;
deva-mauliḥ
—
the Lord's crown
;
bhavet
—
is
;
janaḥ
—
*a person.
Translation
By the touch of Śrī Kṛṣṇa's crown a certain stone was marked with the sign of a crown. Anyone who sees that stone becomes the crown of the Supreme Lord.
Verse text
yasyāṁ śilāyaṁ kṛṣṇena
citrāṇi likhitāni ca
adyāpi citritā puṇyā
nāmnā citra-śilā girau
Synonyms
yasyām
—
on which
;
śilāyam
—
stone
;
kṛṣṇena
—
by Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
citrāṇi
—
pictures
;
likhitāni
—
drawn
;
ca
—
and
;
adya
—
today
;
api
—
even
;
citritā
—
drawn
;
puṇyā
—
sacred
;
nāmnā
—
by name
;
citra-śilā
—
Citra-śilā
;
girau
—
*on the hill.
Translation
Even today on Govardhana Hill is a sacred stone marked with pictures originally drawn by Lord Kṛṣṇa, and now named Citra-śilā (the picture-stone).
Verse text
yaṁ śilām arbhakaiḥ kṛṣṇo
vādayan krīḍane rataḥ
vādanī sa śilā jātā
mahā-pāpaugha-nāśinī
Synonyms
yam
—
which
;
śilām
—
stone
;
arbhakaiḥ
—
with the boys
;
kṛṣṇaḥ
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
vādayan
—
making to sound
;
krīḍane
—
in pastimes
;
rataḥ
—
attached
;
vadanī sā śilā
—
vādanīśilā
;
jātā
—
manifested
;
mahā-pāpaugha-nāśinī
—
*destroying a flood of great sins.
Translation
When Kṛṣṇa was intently playing with the boys, He played musical rhythms on a certain stone. That stone, named vādanī-śilā (the musical stone), destroys the greatest sins.
Verse text
yatra śrī-kṛṣṇacandreṇa
gopālaiḥ saha maithila
kṛta vai kanduka-krīḍā
tat-kṣetraṁ kandukaṁ smṛtam
Synonyms
yatra
—
where
;
śrī-kṛṣṇacandreṇa
—
by Śrī Kṛṣṇa
;
gopālaiḥ
—
with the gopas
;
saha
—
with
;
maithila
—
O king of Mithilā
;
kṛta
—
done
;
vai
—
indeed
;
kanduka
—
of ball
;
krīḍā
—
a game
;
tat-kṣetram
—
that field
;
kandukam
—
the ball
;
smṛtam
—
*remembered.
Translation
The place where Kṛṣṇacandra played ball-games with the boys is called kanduka-kṣetra (the ballgame-field).
Verse text
dṛṣṭvā śakra-padaṁ yāti
natvā brahma-padaṁ ca tat
viluṭhan yasya rajasā
sākṣād viṣṇu-padaṁ vrajet
Synonyms
dṛṣṭvā
—
seeing
;
śakra-padam
—
the abode of Indra
;
yāti
—
attains
;
natvā
—
bowing down
;
brahma-padam
—
to the abode of Brahman
;
ca
—
and
;
tat
—
that
;
viluṭhan
—
rolling on the gorund
;
yasya
—
of which
;
rajasā
—
with the dust
;
sākṣāt
—
directly
;
viṣṇu-padam
—
the abode of Lord Viṣṇu
;
vrajet
—
*attains.
Translation
A person who sees the place Indra-pada on Govardhana Hill, bows down at the place Brahma-pada, or rolls about in the dust of these places, attains the abode of Lord Viṣṇu.
Verse text
gopānām uṣṇiṣāny atra
corayām āsa mādhavaḥ
auṣṇiṣaṁ nāma tat tīrthaṁ
mahā-pāpa-haraṁ girau
Synonyms
gopānām
—
of the gopas
;
uṣṇiṣāny
—
the turbans
;
atra
—
here
;
corayām āsa
—
stole
;
mādhavaḥ
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
auṣṇiṣam
—
auṣṇiṣa
;
nāma
—
named
;
tat
—
that
;
tīrtham
—
holy place
;
mahā-pāpa-haram
—
removing the greatest sins
;
girau
—
*on the hill.
Translation
The place on Govardhana Hill where Lord Kṛṣṇa stole the gopas' turbans is called Auṣniṣa-tīrtha. It removes the greatest sins.
Verse text
tatraikadā vai dadhi-vikrayārthaṁ
vinirgato gopa-vadhū-samūhaḥ
śrutvā kvaṇan-nūpura-śabdam ārād
rorodha tan-mārgam anaṅga-mohī
Synonyms
tatra
—
there
;
ekadā
—
once
;
vai
—
indeed
;
dadhi-vikrayārtham
—
to sell yogurt
;
vinirgataḥ
—
gone
;
gopa-vadhū-samūhaḥ
—
the gopīs
;
śrutvā
—
hearing
;
kvaṇan-nūpura-śabdam
—
tinkling anklets
;
ārāt
—
nearby
;
rorodha
—
stopped
;
tan-mārgam
—
their pathway
;
anaṅga-mohī
—
*more charming than Kāmadeva.
Translation
One day, hearing tinkling anklets as the gopīs walked nearby on their way to sell yogurt, Kṛṣṇa, who is more charming than Kāmadeva, stopped them on the path.
Verse text
vaṁśī-dharo vetra-vareṇa gopaiḥ
puraś ca tāsāṁ vinidhāya pādam
mahyaṁ karādāna-dhanāya dānaṁ
dehīti gopīr nijagāda mārge
Synonyms
vaṁśī-dharaḥ
—
holding a flute
;
vetra-vareṇa
—
with a stick
;
gopaiḥ
—
with the gopas
;
puraḥ
—
ahead
;
ca
—
and
;
tasam
—
of them
;
vinidhāya
—
placing
;
pādam
—
foor
;
mahyam
—
to me
;
karadana-dhanāya dānam
—
a toll
;
dehi
—
give
;
iti
—
thus
;
gopīḥ
—
to the gopīs
;
nijagāda
—
said
;
mārge
—
*on the pathway.
Translation
Holding a flute and a stick, and going ahead of the gopas, Kṛṣṇa confronted the gopīs on the path and demanded, "You must pay a toll to Me."
Verse text
śrī-gopya ūcuḥ
vakras tvam evāsi samasthitaḥ pathi
gopārbhakair gorasa-lampaṭo bhṛśāṁ
mātrā cā pitrā saha kārayāmo
balād bhavantaṁ kila kaṁsa-bandhane
Synonyms
śrī-gopya ūcuḥ
—
the gopīs said
;
vakraḥ
—
crooked
;
tvam
—
You
;
eva
—
indeed
;
asi
—
are
;
samasthitaḥ
—
standing
;
pathi
—
on the path
;
gopārbhakaiḥ
—
with the gopa boys
;
gorasa-lampaṭaḥ
—
greedy for yogurt
;
bhṛśām
—
greatly
;
mātrā
—
by Your mother
;
cā
—
and
;
pitrā
—
father
;
saha
—
with
;
kārayāmaḥ
—
we will do
;
balāt
—
forcibly
;
bhavantam
—
You
;
kila
—
indeed
;
kaṁsa-bandhane
—
*in the bonds of Kaṁsa.
Translation
The gopīs said: You are crooked. You and Your gopa boys now block our path. You are greedy after yogurt. We will see to it that You, Your mother, and Your father are all locked up in Kaṁsa's prison.
Verse text
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
kaṁsaṁ haniṣyāmi mahogra-daṇḍaṁ
sa-bāndhavaṁ me śapatho gavāṁ ca
evaṁ kariṣyāmi yadoḥ pure balān
neṣye sadāhaṁ girirāja-bhūmeḥ
Synonyms
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead said
;
kaṁsam
—
Kaṁsa
;
haniṣyāmi
—
I will kill
;
mahogra-daṇḍam
—
ferocious
;
sa-bāndhavam
—
with his friends
;
me
—
of Me
;
śapathaḥ
—
a vow
;
gavām
—
of the cows
;
ca
—
and
;
evam
—
thus
;
kariṣyāmi
—
I will do
;
yadoḥ
—
of the Yadus
;
pure
—
in the city
;
balān
—
forcibly
;
neṣye
—
I will bring
;
sadā
—
always
;
aham
—
I
;
girirāja-bhūmeḥ
—
*on Govardhana Hill.
Translation
The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: I will kill ferocious Kaṁsa and all his friends. That is My solemn vow. Every day I will take the cows from Mathurā to Govardhana Hill.
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
ity uktvā dadhi-pātrāṇi
bālair nītvā pṛthak pṛthak
bhū-pṛṣṭhe pothayām āsa
sānandaṁ nanda-nandanaḥ
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
ity
—
thus
;
uktvā
—
speaking
;
dadhi-pātrāṇi
—
the pots of yogurt
;
bālaiḥ
—
with the boys
;
nītvā
—
taking
;
pṛthak pṛthak
—
sepcific
;
bhū-pṛṣṭhe
—
on tyhe ground
;
pothayām āsa
—
placed
;
sānandam
—
with joy
;
nanda-nandanaḥ
—
*Nanda's son.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: After speaking these words, Kṛṣṇa and the boys took the jars of yogurt and joyfully placed them on the ground.
Verse text
aho eṣa paraṁ dhṛṣṭo
nirbhayo nanda-nandanaḥ
niraṅkuśo bhāṣaṇīyo
vane vīraḥ pure 'balaḥ
bruvāmahe yaśodāyai
nandāya ca kilādya vai
evaṁ vadantyas tā gopyaḥ
sa-smitāḥ prayayur gṛhān
Synonyms
ahaḥ
—
oh
;
eṣa
—
He
;
param
—
very
;
dhṛṣṭaḥ
—
arrogant
;
nirbhayaḥ
—
fearless
;
nanda-nandanaḥ
—
Nanda's son
;
niraṅkusaḥ
—
merciless
;
bhāṣaṇīyaḥ
—
talkative
;
vane
—
in the forest
;
vīraḥ
—
a hero
;
pure
—
in the city
;
abalaḥ
—
a weakling
;
bruvāmahe
—
we will tell
;
yaśodāyai
—
Yaśodā
;
nandāya
—
Nanda
;
ca
—
and
;
kila
—
certainly
;
adya
—
now
;
vai
—
indeed
;
evam
—
thus
;
vadantyaḥ
—
speaking
;
tāḥ
—
the
;
gopyaḥ
—
gopīs
;
sa-smitāḥ
—
smiling
;
prayayuḥ
—
went
;
gṛhān
—
*to their homes.
Translation
Saying "Kṛṣṇa is a bold, fearless, ferocious, and talkative hero here in the secluded forest, but in the city, surrounded by many men, He is only a weakling. We will certainly tell Nanda and Yaśodā what He has done," the smiling gopīs went to their homes.
Verse text
nīpa-pālāśa-patrāṇāṁ
kṛtvā droṇāni mādhavaḥ
jaghāsa bālakaiḥ sārdhaṁ
picchalāni dadhīni ca
Synonyms
nīpa-pālāśa-patrāṇām
—
nipa and palasa leaves
;
kṛtvā
—
making
;
droṇāni
—
cups
;
mādhavaḥ
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
jaghāsa
—
ate
;
bālakaiḥ
—
the boys
;
sārdham
—
with
;
picchalāni
—
picchala
;
dadhīni
—
yogurt
;
ca
—
*and.
Translation
Then, making cups of nīpa and pālāśa leaves, Kṛṣṇa and the boys ate the yogurt and picchala.
Verse text
droṇākārāṇi patrāṇi
babhūvuḥ śākhināṁ tadā
tat-kṣetraṁ ca mahā-puṇyaṁ
droṇaṁ nāma nṛpeśvara
Synonyms
droṇākārāṇi
—
cups
;
patrāṇi
—
leaves
;
babhūvuḥ
—
were
;
śākhinām
—
of the trees
;
tadā
—
then
;
tat-kṣetram
—
that place
;
ca
—
and
;
mahā-puṇyam
—
very sacred
;
droṇam
—
Droṇa
;
nāma
—
named
;
nṛpeśvara
—
*O king of kings.
Translation
O king of kings, that very sacred place, where the trees' leaves became cups, is called Droṇa-tīrtha.
Verse text
dadhi-dānaṁ tatra kṛtvā
pītvā patra-dhṛtaṁ dadhi
namaskuryān naras tasya
golokān na cyutir bhavet
Synonyms
dadhi
—
of yogurt
;
dānam
—
the giving
;
tatra
—
there
;
kṛtvā
—
doing
;
pītvā
—
drinking
;
patra-dhṛtam
—
held in a leaf-cup
;
dadhi
—
yogurt
;
naraḥ
—
a person
;
tasya
—
of him
;
golokāt
—
from Goloka
;
na
—
not
;
cyutiḥ
—
falling
;
bhavet
—
*will be.
Translation
A person who at this place gives yogurt in charity, drinks yogurt from a leaf-cup, and then bows down to offer his respectful obeisances, never falls from Goloka.
Verse text
netre tv ācchādya yatraiva
līno 'bhūn mādhavo 'rbhakaiḥ
tatra tīrthaṁ laukikaṁ ca
jātaṁ pāpa-praṇāśanam
Synonyms
netre
—
eyes
;
tu
—
indeed
;
ācchādya
—
covering
;
yatra
—
where
;
eva
—
indeed
;
līnaḥ
—
disappeared
;
abhūt
—
became
;
mādhavaḥ
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
arbhakaiḥ
—
with the boys
;
tatra
—
there
;
tīrtham
—
the holy place
;
laukikam
—
in this world
;
ca
—
and
;
jātam
—
manifested
;
pāpa-praṇāśanam
—
*destroying sins.
Translation
The place where Kṛṣṇa and the boys played games of closing their eyes and hiding is called Laukika-tīrtha. It destroys all sins.
Verse text
kadamba-khaṇḍa-tīrthaṁ ca
līlā-yuktaṁ hareḥ sadā
tasya darśana-mātreṇa
naro nārāyaṇo bhavet
Synonyms
kadamba-khaṇḍa-tīrtham
—
Kadamba-khaṇḍa-tīrtha
;
ca
—
and
;
līlā-yuktam
—
with pastimes
;
hareḥ
—
of Lord Hari
;
sadā
—
always
;
tasya
—
of Him
;
darśana-mātreṇa
—
simply by seeing
;
naraḥ
—
a pewrson
;
nārāyaṇaḥ
—
like Lord Nārāyaṇa
;
bhavet
—
*becomes.
Translation
Simply by seeing Kadamba-khaṇḍa-tīrtha, where Kṛṣṇa enjoyed many pastimes, a person attains a form like that of Lord Nārāyaṇa Himself.
Verse text
yatra vai rādhayā rāse
śṛṅgāro 'kāri maithila
tatra govardhane jātaṁ
sthale śṛṅgāra-maṇḍalam
Synonyms
yatra
—
where
;
vai
—
indeed
;
rādhayā
—
with Rādhā
;
rase
—
in the rāsa dance
;
śṛṅgāraḥ
—
decoration
;
akāri
—
did
;
maithila
—
O king of Mithilā
;
tatra
—
there
;
govardhane
—
on Govardhana Hill
;
jātam
—
manifested
;
sthale
—
in the place
;
śṛṅgāra-maṇḍalam
—
*Śṛṅgāra-maṇḍala.
Translation
O king of Mithilā, the place on Govardhana Hill where Rādhā was decorated during the rāsa dance is called Śṛṅgāra-maṇḍala (the decoration place).
Verse text
yena rūpeṇa kṛṣṇena
dhṛto govardhano giriḥ
tad rūpaṁ vidyate tatra
nṛpa śṛṅgāra-maṇḍalam
Synonyms
yena
—
by which
;
rūpeṇa
—
form
;
kṛṣṇena
—
by Kṛṣṇa
;
dhṛtaḥ
—
held
;
govardhanaḥ
—
Govardhana Hill
;
giriḥ
—
the hill
;
tat
—
that
;
rūpam
—
form
;
vidyate
—
is
;
tatra
—
there
;
nṛpa
—
O king
;
śṛṅgāra-maṇḍalam
—
*Śṛṅgāra-maṇḍala.
Translation
O king, the form Lord Kṛṣṇa showed as He lifted Govardhana Hill is still present at Śṛṅgāra-maṇḍala.
Verse text
abdāś catuḥ-sahasrāṇi
tathā cāṣṭau śatāni ca
gatas tatra kaler ādau
kṣetre śṛṅgāra-maṇḍale
girirāja-guhā-madhyāt
sarveṣāṁ paśyatāṁ nṛpa
svataḥ-siddhaṁ ca tad-rūpaṁ
hareḥ prādurbhaviṣyati
Synonyms
abdāḥ
—
years
;
catuḥ-sahasrāṇi
—
four thousand
;
tathā
—
so
;
ca
—
and
;
aṣṭau
—
eight
;
śatāni
—
hundred
;
ca
—
and
;
gataḥ
—
gone
;
tatra
—
there
;
kaleḥ
—
of Kali-yuga
;
ādau
—
at the beginning
;
kṣetre
—
in the place
;
śṛṅgāra-maṇḍale
—
Śṛṅgāra-maṇḍala
;
girirāja
—
of Govardhana Hill
;
guhā-madhyāt
—
from a cave
;
sarveṣām
—
as all
;
paśyatām
—
watch
;
nṛpa
—
O king
;
svataḥ-siddham
—
perfect
;
ca
—
and
;
tad-rūpam
—
His form
;
hareḥ
—
of Lord Hari
;
prādurbhaviṣyati
—
*will be manifested.
Translation
O king, 4,108 years after the beginning of Kali-yuga, as everyone watches, Lord Kṛṣṇa will emerge from a cave on Govardhana Hill and reveal His transcendental form at Śṛṅgāra-maṇḍala.
Verse text
śrī-nāthaṁ deva-damanaṁ
taṁ vadiṣyanti saj-janāḥ
govardhane girau rājan
sadā līlāṁ karoti yaḥ
Synonyms
śrī-nātham
—
Śrīnātha
;
deva-damanam
—
the master of the demigods
;
tam
—
Him
;
vadiṣyanti
—
will call
;
saj-janāḥ
—
the saintly devotees
;
govardhane girau
—
on Govardhana Hill
;
rājan
—
O king
;
sadā
—
always
;
līlām
—
pastimes
;
karoti
—
does
;
yaḥ
—
*who.
Translation
O king, the saintly devotees will call this form of the Lord Śrīnātha. He will always enjoy pastimes on Govardhana Hill.
Verse text
ye kariṣyanti netrābhyāṁ
tasya rūpasya darśanam
te kṛtārthā bhaviṣyanti
maithilendra kalau janaḥ
Synonyms
ye
—
who
;
kariṣyanti
—
will do
;
netrābhyām
—
with both eyes
;
tasya
—
of Him
;
rūpasya
—
the form
;
darśanam
—
the sight
;
te
—
they
;
kṛtārthā
—
successful
;
bhaviṣyanti
—
will become
;
maithilendra
—
O king of Mithilā
;
kalau
—
in Kali-yuga
;
janaḥ
—
*people.
Translation
O king of Mithilā, the people in Kali-yuga who with their eyes see this form of the Lord will attain all spiritual success.
Verse text
jagan-nātho raṅga-nātho
dvārakā-nātha eva ca
badrī-nāthaś catuṣ-koṇe
bhāratasyāpi pārvate
Synonyms
jagan-nāthaḥ
—
Jagan-nātha
;
raṅga-nāthaḥ
—
Raṅga-nātha
;
dvārakā-nātha
—
Dvārakā-nātha
;
eva
—
indeed
;
ca
—
and
;
badrī-nāthaḥ
—
Badrī-nātha
;
catuṣ-koṇe
—
in the four corners
;
bhāratasya
—
of Bharata-varṣa
;
api
—
also
;
pārvate
—
*on the mountain.
Translation
On the four corners of Govardhana Hill are the forms of Lord Jagannātha, Lord Raṅganātha, Lord Dvārakānātha, and Lord Badrīnātha.
Verse text
madhye govardhanasyāpi
nātho 'yaṁ vartate nṛpa
pavitre bhārate varṣe
paṣca nāthāḥ sureśvarāḥ
Synonyms
madhye
—
in the middle
;
govardhanasya
—
of Govardhana Hill
;
api
—
also
;
nāthaḥ
—
Lord
;
ayam
—
this
;
vartate
—
is
;
nṛpa
—
O king
;
pavitre
—
pure
;
bhārate varṣe
—
in Bharata-varṣa
;
paṣca
—
five
;
nāthāḥ
—
Lords
;
sureśvarāḥ
—
*the masters of the demigods.
Translation
Śrīnātha is in the middle of Govardhana Hill. O king, these five forms of the Lord are manifested in sacred Bhārata-varṣa.
Verse text
sad-dharma-maṇḍapa-stambhā
ārta-traṇa-parāyaṇāḥ
teṣāṁ tu darśanaṁ kṛtvā
naro nārāyaṇo bhavet
Synonyms
sad-dharma
—
of eternal reliugion
;
maṇḍapa
—
of the temple
;
stambhā
—
pillars
;
ārta-traṇa-parāyaṇāḥ
—
intent on protecting from troubles
;
teṣām
—
of Them
;
tu
—
indeed
;
darśanam
—
the sight
;
kṛtvā
—
having done
;
naraḥ
—
a person
;
nārāyaṇaḥ
—
like Lord Nārāyaṇa
;
bhavet
—
*becomes.
Translation
These four Deities are four pillars in the temple of eternal religion. They are determined to protect Their devotees from all troubles. A person who sees Them attains a transcendental form like that of Lord Nārāyaṇa Himself.
Verse text
caturṇāṁ bhuvi nāthānāṁ
kṛtvā yātrāṁ naraḥ sudhīḥ
na paśyed deva-damanaṁ
sa na yātrā-phalaṁ labhet
Synonyms
caturṇām
—
of the four
;
bhuvi
—
in the world
;
nāthānām
—
of the Lords
;
kṛtvā
—
having done
;
yātrām
—
journey
;
naraḥ
—
a person
;
sudhīḥ
—
intelligent
;
na
—
not
;
paśyet
—
may see
;
deva-damanam
—
the Supreme Lord
;
sa
—
he
;
na
—
not
;
yātrā
—
of the pilgrimage
;
phalam
—
the result
;
labhet
—
*attains.
Translation
An intelligent person who visits the places of these Deities but does not see the Lord there does not attain the real result of his visit.
Verse text
śrī-nāthaṁ deva-damanaṁ
paśyed govardhane girau
caturṇāṁ bhuvi nāthānāṁ
yātrāyāḥ phalam āpnuyāt
Synonyms
śrī-nātham
—
Śrīnātha
;
deva-damanam
—
Lord
;
paśyet
—
sees
;
govardhane girau
—
on Govardhana Hill
;
caturṇām
—
of the four
;
bhuvi
—
on the earth
;
nāthānām
—
Lords
;
yātrāyāḥ
—
of the visit
;
phalam
—
the result
;
āpnuyāt
—
*attains.
Translation
A person who sees Lord Śrīnātha attains the result of seeing all four Deities on Govardhana Hill.
Verse text
airāvatasya surabheḥ
pāda-cihnāni yatra vai
tatra natvā naraḥ pāpī
vaikuṇṭhaṁ yāti maithila
Synonyms
airāvatasya
—
of Airāvata
;
surabheḥ
—
of Surabhi
;
pāda-cihnāni
—
the footprints
;
yatra
—
where
;
vai
—
certainly
;
tatra
—
there
;
natvā
—
bowing down
;
naraḥ
—
a person
;
pāpī
—
sinful
;
vaikuṇṭham
—
to Vaikuṇṭha
;
yāti
—
goes
;
maithila
—
*O king of Mithilā.
Translation
O king of Mithilā, a sinner who bows down before the footprints of Airāvata and Surabhi on Govardhana Hill goes to Vaikuṇṭha.
Verse text
hasta-cihnaṁ pāda-cihnaṁ
śrī-kṛṣṇasya mahātmanaḥ
dṛṣṭvā natvā naraḥ kaścit
sākṣāt kṛṣṇa-padaṁ vrajet
Synonyms
hasta-cihnam
—
handprint
;
pāda-cihnam
—
footprint
;
śrī-kṛṣṇasya
—
of Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa
;
mahātmanaḥ
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
dṛṣṭvā
—
seeing
;
natvā
—
bowing down
;
naraḥ
—
a person
;
kaścit
—
someone
;
sākṣāt
—
directly
;
kṛṣṇa-padam
—
the abode of Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
vrajet
—
*goes.
Translation
A person who sees the handprint and footprint of Śrī Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and bows down to offer respects to them, goes to Lord Kṛṣṇa's transcendental abode.
Verse text
etāni nṛpa tīrthāni
kuṇḍādyāyatanāni ca
aṅgāni girirājasya
kiṁ bhūyaḥ śrotum icchasi
Synonyms
etāni
—
these
;
nṛpa
—
O king
;
tīrthāni
—
the holy places
;
kuṇḍa
—
with lakes
;
ādya
—
beginning
;
āyatanāni
—
manifested
;
ca
—
and
;
aṅgāni
—
the limbs
;
girirājasya
—
of Govardhana Hill
;
kim
—
what?
;
bhūyaḥ
—
more
;
śrotum
—
to hear
;
icchasi
—
*you wish.
Translation
O king, these are the lakes and other holy places that are the limbs of Govardhana Hill. What more do you wish to hear?
.pa
Chapter Eight Śrī Girirāja-vibhūti The Opulences of Śrī Girirāja
Verse text
śrī-bahulāśva uvāca
keṣu keṣu tad-aṅgeṣu
kiṁ kiṁ tīrthaṁ samāśritam
vada deva mahā-deva
tvaṁ parāvara-vittamaḥ
Synonyms
śrī-bahulāśvaḥ uvāca
—
Śrī Bahulāśva said
;
keṣu keṣu
—
on which?
;
tad-aṅgeṣu
—
of its limbs
;
kiṁ kim
—
what?
;
tīrtham
—
holy place
;
samāśritam
—
sheltered
;
vada
—
tell
;
deva
—
O Lord
;
mahā-deva
—
O great Lord
;
tvam
—
You
;
parāvara-vittamaḥ
—
*the best of they who know everything.
Translation
Śrī Bahulāśva said: What holy places are situated on what limbs? O great master, O best of the wise, please tell.
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
yatra yasya prasiddhiḥ syāt
tad-aṅgaṁ paramaṁ viduḥ
kramato nāsty aṅga-cayo
girirājasya maithila
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
yatra
—
where
;
yasya
—
of that
;
prasiddhiḥ
—
fame
;
syāt
—
is
;
tad-aṅgam
—
of its limb
;
paramam
—
great
;
viduḥ
—
know
;
kramataḥ
—
one by one
;
na
—
not
;
asty
—
is
;
aṅga-cayaḥ
—
limbs
;
girirājasya
—
of Govardhana Hill
;
maithila
—
*O king of Mithilā.
Translation
O king of Mithilā, the sages know only the most famous limbs of Govardhana Hill. They do not know them all, one by one.
Verse text
yathā sarva-gataṁ brahma
sarvāṅgāni ca tasya vai
vibhūter bhavataḥ śaśvat
tathā vakṣyāmi mānada
Synonyms
yathā
—
as
;
sarva-gatam
—
all-pervading
;
brahma
—
Brahman
;
sarvāṅgāni
—
all limbs
;
ca
—
and
;
tasya
—
of it
;
vai
—
indeed
;
vibhūteḥ
—
of thr opulence
;
bhavataḥ
—
being so
;
śaśvat
—
directly
;
tathā
—
so
;
vakṣyāmi
—
I will tell
;
mānada
—
*O noble one.
Translation
As Brahman is present everywhere, so the opulences of the Lord are always present on all the limbs of Govardhana Hill. O noble one, I will now describe them to you.
Verse text
śṛṅgāra-maṇḍalasyādho
mukhaṁ govardhanasya ca
yatrānna-kūṭaṁ kṛtavān
bhagavān vraja-vāsibhiḥ
Synonyms
śṛṅgāra-maṇḍalasya
—
Śṛṅgāra-maṇḍala
;
adhaḥ
—
below
;
mukham
—
the mouth
;
govardhanasya
—
of Govardhana Hill
;
ca
—
and
;
yatra
—
where
;
anna-kūṭam
—
the hill of food
;
kṛtavān
—
made
;
bhagavān
—
the Lord
;
vraja-vāsibhiḥ
—
*with the residents of Vraja.
Translation
Below Śṛṅgāra-maṇḍala is Govardhana Hill's mouth, where the Lord and the people of Vraja made a hill of food.
Verse text
netre vai mānasī gaṅgā
nāsā candra-sarovaraḥ
govinda-kuṇḍo hy adharas
cibukaṁ kṛṣṇa-kuṇḍakaḥ
Synonyms
netre
—
eyes
;
vai
—
indeed
;
mānasī gaṅgā
—
Mānasa-gaṅgā
;
nāsā
—
nose
;
candra-sarovaraḥ
—
Candra-sarovara
;
govinda-kuṇḍaḥ
—
Govinda-kuṇḍa
;
hy
—
indeed
;
adharaḥ
—
lips
;
cibukam
—
chin
;
kṛṣṇa-kuṇḍakaḥ
—
*Śyāma-kuṇḍa.
Translation
Mānasa-gaṅga is Govardhana Hill's eyes, Candra-sarovara its nose, Govinda-kuṇḍa its lips, Śyāma-kuṇḍa its chin, . . .
Verse text
rādhā-kuṇḍaṁ tasya jihvā
kapolau lalitā-saraḥ
gopāla-kuṇḍaḥ karṇaś ca
karṇāntaḥ kusumākaraḥ
Synonyms
rādhā-kuṇḍam
—
Rādhā-kuṇḍa
;
tasya
—
its
;
jihvā
—
tongue
;
kapolau
—
cheeks
;
lalitā-saraḥ
—
Lalitā-kuṇḍa
;
gopāla-kuṇḍaḥ
—
Gopasla-kuṇḍa
;
karṇaḥ
—
ears
;
ca
—
and
;
karṇāntaḥ
—
within the ear
;
kusumākaraḥ
—
*Kusuma-sarovara.
Translation
. . . Rādhā-kuṇḍa its tongue, Lalitā-kuṇḍa its cheeks, Gopāla-kuṇḍa its ears, Kusuma-sarovara its inner ear, . . .
Verse text
mauli-jihvā śilā tasya
lalāṭaṁ viddhi maithila
siraś citra-śilā tasya
grīvā vai vādanī śilā
Synonyms
mauli-jihvā
—
marked with Kṛṣṇa's crown
;
śilā
—
stone
;
tasya
—
ofit
;
lalāṭam
—
the forehead
;
viddhi
—
please know
;
maithila
—
O king of Mithilā
;
siraḥ
—
the head
;
citra-śilā
—
the picture stone
;
tasya
—
of it
;
grīvā
—
the n3eck
;
vai
—
indeed
;
vādanī śilā
—
*the musical stone.
Translation
O king of Mithilā, please know that the stone marked with Lord Kṛṣṇa's crown (mauli-śilā) is Govardhana Hill's forehead, the stone decorated with pictures (citra-śilā) is its head, and the musical stone (vādanī śilā) is its throat.
Verse text
kāndukaṁ pārśva-deśaṁ ca
auṣṇiṣaṁ kaṭir ucyate
droṇa-tīrthaṁ pṛṣṭha-deśe
laukikaṁ codare smṛtam
Synonyms
kāndukam
—
Kanduka-tīrtha
;
pārśva-deśam
—
sides
;
ca
—
and
;
auṣṇiṣam
—
auṣniṣa-tīrtha
;
kaṭiḥ
—
hips
;
ucyate
—
is said
;
droṇa-tīrtham
—
Droṇa-tīrtha
;
pṛṣṭha-deśe
—
back
;
laukikam
—
Laukika-tīrtha
;
ca
—
and
;
udare
—
belly
;
smṛtam
—
*considered.
Translation
Kānduka-tīrtha is said to be its two sides, Auṣiṣa-tīrtha its waist, Droṇa-tirtha its back, and Laukika-tīrtha its belly.
Verse text
kadamba-khaṇḍam urasi
jīvaḥ śṛṅgāra-maṇḍalam
śrī-kṛṣṇa-pāda-cihnaṁ tu
manas tasya mahātmanaḥ
Synonyms
kadamba-khaṇḍam
—
Kadamba-khaṇḍa
;
urasi
—
chest
;
jīvaḥ
—
life
;
śṛṅgāra-maṇḍalam
—
Śṛṅgāra-maṇḍala
;
śrī-kṛṣṇa
—
of Śrī Kṛṣṇa
;
pāda-cihnam
—
footprint
;
tu
—
and
;
manaḥ
—
the heart
;
tasya
—
of it
;
mahātmanaḥ
—
*noble-hearted.
Translation
Kadamba-khaṇḍa is its chest, and Śṛṅgāra-maṇḍala is its life. Śrī Kṛṣṇa's footprint is the heart of noble-hearted Govardhana Hill.
Verse text
hasta-cihnaṁ tathā buddhir
airāvata-padaṁ padam
surabheḥ pāda-cihneṣu
pakṣau tasya mahātmanaḥ
Synonyms
hasta-cihnam
—
handprint
;
tathā
—
of it
;
buddhiḥ
—
intelligence
;
airāvata-padam
—
the footprint of Airāvata
;
padam
—
the feet
;
surabheḥ
—
of Surabhi
;
pāda-cihneṣu
—
in the footprints
;
pakṣau
—
wings
;
tasya
—
of it
;
mahātmanaḥ
—
*noble-hearted.
Translation
Lord Kṛṣṇa's handprint is its intelligence, and Airāvata's footprint is its feet. Surabhi's hoofprints are the wings of noble-hearted Govardhana Hill.
Verse text
puccha-kuṇḍe tathā pucchaṁ
vatsa-kuṇḍe balaṁ smṛtam
rudra-kuṇḍe tathā krodhaṁ
kāmaṁ śakra-sarovare
Synonyms
puccha-kuṇḍe
—
Puccha-kuṇḍa
;
tathā
—
so
;
puccham
—
tail
;
vatsa-kuṇḍe
—
Vatsa-kunda
;
balam
—
strength
;
smṛtam
—
considered
;
rudra-kuṇḍe
—
Rudra-kundas
;
tathā
—
so
;
krodham
—
anger
;
kāmam
—
desire
;
śakra-sarovare
—
*Śakra-sarovara.
Translation
Puccha-kuṇḍa is its tail, Vatsa-kuṇḍa its strength, Rudra-kuṇḍa its anger, and Śakra-sarovara its desire.
Verse text
kuvera-tīrthaṁ codyogaṁ
brahma-tīrthaṁ prasannatām
yama-tīrthe hy ahaṅkāraṁ
vadantītthaṁ pura-vidaḥ
Synonyms
kuvera-tīrtham
—
Kuvera-tīrtha
;
ca
—
and
;
udyogam
—
determination
;
brahma-tīrtham
—
Brahma-tirtha
;
prasannatām
—
cheerfulness
;
yama-tīrthe
—
Yama-tirtha
;
hy
—
indeed
;
ahaṅkāram
—
ego
;
vadanti
—
say
;
ittham
—
thus
;
pura-vidaḥ
—
*the wise.
Translation
The wise say that Kuvera-tīrtha is Govardhana Hill's determination, Brahma-tīrtha its cheerfulness, and Yama-tīrtha its ego.
Verse text
evam aṅgāni sarvatra
girirājasya maithila
kathitāni mayā tubhyaṁ
sarva-pāpa-harāṇi ca
Synonyms
evam
—
thus
;
aṅgāni
—
the limbs
;
sarvatra
—
everywhere
;
girirājasya
—
of Govardhana Hill
;
maithila
—
O king of Mithilā
;
kathitāni
—
described
;
mayā
—
by me
;
tubhyam
—
to you
;
sarva-pāpa-harāṇi
—
removing all sins
;
ca
—
*and.
Translation
O king of Mithilā, in this way I have described to you Govardhana Hill's limbs, which remove all sins.
Verse text
girirāja-vibhūtiṁ ca
yaḥ śṛṇoti narottamaḥ
sa gacched dhāma paramaṁ
golokaṁ yogi-durlabham
Synonyms
girirāja
—
of Govardhana Hill
;
vibhūtim
—
tyhe glory and opulence
;
ca
—
and
;
yaḥ
—
one who
;
śṛṇoti
—
hears
;
narottamaḥ
—
the best of men
;
sa
—
he
;
gacchet
—
attains
;
dhāma
—
the abode
;
paramam
—
supreme
;
golokam
—
Goloka
;
yogi-durlabham
—
*which even the greatest yogīs cannot attain.
Translation
One who hears about the glories and opulences of Govardhana Hill becomes the best of persons and goes to Goloka, the supreme abode, which even the greatest yogīs cannot attain.
Verse text
samutthito 'sau hari-vakṣaso girir
govardhano nāma girīndra-rāja-rāṭ
samāgato hy atra pulastya-tejasā
yad-darśanāj janma punar na vidyate
Synonyms
samutthitaḥ
—
risen
;
asau
—
it
;
hari-vakṣasaḥ
—
from Lord Kṛṣṇa's chest
;
giriḥ govardhanaḥ
—
Govardhana Hill
;
nāma
—
named
;
girīndra-rāja-rāṭ
—
the king of the kings of the kings of mountains
;
samāgataḥ
—
arrived
;
hy
—
indeed
;
atra
—
here
;
pulastya-tejasā
—
by the power of Pulastya Muni
;
yad-darśanāt
—
by seeing which
;
janma
—
birth
;
punaḥ
—
again
;
na
—
not
;
vidyate
—
*is.
Translation
By seeing Govardhana Hill, which was born from Lord Hari's chest, which is the king of the kings of the kings of mountains, and which was brought to the earth by Pulastya Muni's power, one becomes free from taking birth again in this world.
.pa
Chapter Nine Śrī Girirājotpatti The Birth of Śrī Girirāja
Verse text
śrī-bahulāśva uvāca
aho govardhanaḥ sākṣād
girirājo hari-priyaḥ
tat-samānaṁ na tīrthaṁ hi
vidyate bhu-tale divi
Synonyms
śrī-bahulāśva uvāca
—
Śrī Bahulāśva said
;
ahaḥ
—
Oh
;
govardhanaḥ
—
Govardhana Hill
;
sākṣāt
—
directly
;
girirājaḥ
—
the king of mountains
;
hari
—
to Kṛṣṇa
;
priyaḥ
—
dear
;
tat-samānam
—
equal to it
;
na
—
not
;
tīrtham
—
holy place
;
hi
—
indeed
;
vidyate
—
is
;
bhu-tale
—
on the earth
;
divi
—
*in heaven.
Translation
Śrī Bahulāśva said: Govardhana Hill is dear to Lord Hari. It is the king of mountains. No holy place in the earthly or heavenly planets is equal to it.
Verse text
kadā babhūva śrī-kṛṣṇa-
vakṣaso 'yaṁ girīśvaraḥ
etad vada mahā-buddhe
tvaṁ sākṣād dhari-mānasaḥ
Synonyms
kadā
—
when?
;
babhūva
—
was manifested
;
śrī-kṛṣṇa-
—
of Śrī Kṛṣṇa
;
vakṣasaḥ
—
from the chest
;
ayam
—
it
;
girīśvaraḥ
—
the king of mountains
;
etat
—
this
;
vada
—
tell
;
mahā-buddhe
—
O intelligent one
;
tvam
—
you
;
sākṣāt
—
directly
;
hari-mānasaḥ
—
*the heart of Lord Kṛṣṇa.
Translation
When was Govardhana Hill born from Lord Kṛṣṇa's chest? O wise and intelligent one, please tell me that. You know what is in Lord Kṛṣṇa's heart.
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
golokoṭpatti-vṛttantaṁ
śṛṇu rājan mahā-mate
catuṣ-padārtha-daṁ nṛṇāṁ
ādya-līlā-samanvitam
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
goloka
—
of Goloka
;
uṭpatti
—
the birth
;
vṛttantam
—
the stoory
;
śṛṇu
—
hear
;
rājan
—
O king
;
mahā-mate
—
noble-hearted
;
catuṣ-padārtha-dam
—
granting the four goals of life
;
nṛṇām
—
of human beings
;
ādya-līlā-samanvitam
—
*with the first pastimes.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: O noble-hearted king, please hear the story of Goloka's birth, a story that brings to human beings the four goals of life, a story filled with transcendental pastimes.
Verse text
anādir ātmā puruṣo
nirguṇaḥ prakṛteḥ paraḥ
paripūrṇatamaḥ sākṣāc
chrī-kṛṣṇo bhagavān prabhuḥ
Synonyms
anādiḥ
—
beginningless
;
ātmā
—
self
;
puruṣaḥ
—
person
;
nirguṇaḥ
—
free from the material modes of nature
;
prakṛteḥ
—
matter
;
paraḥ
—
above
;
paripūrṇatamaḥ
—
perfect and complete
;
sākṣāt
—
directly
;
śrī-kṛṣṇaḥ
—
Śrī Kṛṣṇa
;
bhagavān
—
the Lord
;
prabhuḥ
—
*Himself.
Translation
Śrī Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Lord. He is a person. He has no beginning. He is perfect and complete. He is the master of all opulences. He is beyond the modes of nature. He is above the realm of matter.
Verse text
pratyag-dhāmā svayaṁ-jyotī
ramamāno nirantaraṁ
yatra kālaḥ kalayatām
īśvaro dhāma-māninām
Synonyms
pratyag-dhāmā
—
in His own abode
;
svayaṁ-jyotī
—
self-effulgent
;
ramamānaḥ
—
enjoying
;
nirantaram
—
eternally
;
yatra
—
where
;
kālaḥ
—
time
;
kalayatām
—
manifest
;
īśvaraḥ
—
able
;
dhāma-māninām
—
*considering the abode.
Translation
Time has no existence in the transcendental abode where the self-effulgent Supreme Personality of Godhead enjoys pastimes eternally.
Verse text
rājan na prabhaven māyā
na mahāṁś ca guṇāḥ kutaḥ
na viśanti kvacid rājan
manaś citto matir hy aham
Synonyms
rājan
—
O king
;
na
—
not
;
prabhaven
—
has power
;
māyā
—
illusion
;
na
—
not
;
mahāṁḥ
—
the mahat-tattva
;
ca
—
and
;
guṇāḥ
—
the modes
;
kutaḥ
—
where?
;
na
—
no
;
viśanti
—
enter
;
kvacit
—
somehwre
;
rājan
—
O king
;
manaḥ
—
heart
;
cittaḥ
—
mind
;
matiḥ
—
intelligence
;
hy
—
indeed
;
aham
—
*ego.
Translation
O king, illusion has no power in that realm. Neither do the mahat-tattva, nor the material modes of nature have any power there. How can they? O king, the material heart, mind, intelligence and false-ego cannot enter there.
Verse text
sva-dhāmni brahma sākāraṁ
icchayā vyaracīkarat
prathamaṁ cābhavac cheṣo
biṣa-śveto bṛhad-vapuḥ
Synonyms
sva
—
own
;
dhāmni
—
in the abode
;
brahma
—
Brahman
;
sākāram
—
who has form
;
icchayā
—
with a desire
;
vyaracīkarat
—
created
;
prathamam
—
first
;
ca
—
and
;
abhavat
—
was
;
śeṣaḥ
—
Śeṣa
;
biṣa-śvetaḥ
—
with white coils
;
bṛhad-vapuḥ
—
*a great body.
Translation
In His own abode the Supreme Personality of Godhead, whose form is spiritual, desired to expand, and so He manifested the form of Lord Śeṣa, who has gigantic white coils.
Verse text
tad-utsaṅge mahā-loko
goloko loka-vanditaḥ
yaṁ prāpya bhakti-samyuktaḥ
punar āvartate na hi
Synonyms
tad-utsaṅge
—
on His lap
;
mahā-lokaḥ
—
the great realm
;
golokaḥ
—
Goloka
;
loka-vanditaḥ
—
worshiped by all the worlds
;
yam
—
which
;
prāpya
—
attaining
;
bhakti-samyuktaḥ
—
a devotee
;
punaḥ
—
again
;
āvartate
—
returns
;
na
—
not
;
hi
—
*indeed.
Translation
The Lord's realm, Goloka, is worshiped by all the worlds. A devotee who goes there never returns to the world of birth and death.
Verse text
asaṅkhya-brahmāṇḍa-pater
golokādhipateḥ prabhoḥ
punaḥ pādābja-sambhūtaḥ
gaṅgā tri-patha-gāminī
Synonyms
asaṅkhya-brahmāṇḍa-pateḥ
—
the master of countless universes
;
golokādhipateḥ
—
the ruler of Goloka
;
prabhoḥ
—
of the Lord
;
punaḥ
—
again
;
pādābja-sambhūtaḥ
—
manifested from the lotus feet
;
gaṅgā
—
the Ganges
;
tri-patha-gāminī
—
*traveling through the three worlds.
Translation
The Gaṅgā, which travels through the three material worlds, was born from the lotus feet of Lord Kṛṣṇa, who is the master of countless material universes and the ruler of the spiritual realm of Goloka.
Verse text
punar vāmāṁśatas tasya
kṛṣṇābhūt saritāṁ varā
reje śṛṅgāra-kusumair
yathoṣṇiṅ-mudritā nṛpa
Synonyms
punaḥ
—
again
;
vāma
—
left
;
aṁśataḥ
—
from the shoulder
;
tasya
—
of Him
;
kṛṣṇā
—
the Yamunā
;
abhūt
—
was
;
saritām
—
of rivers
;
varā
—
the best
;
reje
—
shone
;
śṛṅgāra-kusumaiḥ
—
with flower decorations
;
yathā
—
as
;
uṣṇiṅ-mudritā
—
wearing a turban
;
nṛpa
—
*O king.
Translation
O king, the Yamunā, the best of rivers, who wore a turban and many flower ornaments, was manifested from Lord Kṛṣṇa's left shoulder.
Verse text
śrī-rāsa-maṇḍalaṁ divyaṁ
hema-ratna-samanvitam
nānā-śṛṅgāra-pātālaṁ
gulphābhyāṁ śrī-hareḥ prabhoḥ
Synonyms
śrī-rāsa-maṇḍalam
—
the rasa dance circle
;
divyam
—
splendid
;
hema-ratna-samanvitam
—
with gold and jewels
;
nānā
—
various
;
śṛṅgāra-pātālam
—
with many decorations
;
gulphābhyām
—
from the ankles
;
śrī-hareḥ
—
of Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
prabhoḥ
—
*the Lord.
Translation
The splendid rāsa-dance circle, made of gold and jewels, and decorated with many ornaments, was manifested from Lord Kṛṣṇa's ankles.
Verse text
sabhā-prāṅgana-vīthibhir
maṇḍapaiḥ pariveṣṭitaḥ
vasanta-mādhurya-dhārāḥ
kūjat-kokila-saṅkulaḥ
mayūraiḥ ṣaṭpadair vyāptaḥ
sarobhiḥ pariṣevitaḥ
jāto nikuṣjo jaṅghābhyāṁ
śrī-kṛṣṇasya mahātmanaḥ
Synonyms
sabhā
—
assembly-houses
;
prāṅgana
—
courtyards
;
vīthibhiḥ
—
with pathways
;
maṇḍapaiḥ
—
with pavilions
;
pariveṣṭitaḥ
—
filled
;
vasanta
—
springtime
;
mādhurya
—
sweetness
;
dhārāḥ
—
flooded with streams
;
kūjat-kokila-saṅkulaḥ
—
filled with cooing cuckoos
;
mayūraiḥ
—
with peacocks
;
ṣaṭpadaiḥ
—
beees
;
vyāptaḥ
—
filled
;
sarobhiḥ
—
with lakes
;
pariṣevitaḥ
—
decorated
;
jātaḥ
—
born
;
nikuṣjaḥ
—
forest
;
jaṅghābhyām
—
from the legs
;
śrī-kṛṣṇasya
—
of Śrī Kṛṣṇa
;
mahātmanaḥ
—
*the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
Translation
Filled with assembly-houses, courtyards, pathways, pavilions, peacocks, bees, and cooing cuckoos, flooded with the sweetness of spring, and decorated with many lakes, a forest grove was manifested from Lord Kṛṣṇa's legs.
Verse text
vṛndāvanaṁ ca jānūbhyāṁ
rājan sarva-vanottamam
līlā-sarovaraḥ sākṣād
urūbhyāṁ paramātmanaḥ
Synonyms
vṛndāvanam
—
Vṛndāvana
;
ca
—
and
;
jānūbhyām
—
from the knees
;
rājan
—
O king
;
sarva-vanottamam
—
the best of all forests
;
līlā-sarovaraḥ
—
Lila-sarivara
;
sākṣāt
—
directly
;
urūbhyām
—
from the thighs
;
paramātmanaḥ
—
*of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
Translation
O king, Vṛndāvana, the best of all forests, was manifested from Lord Kṛṣṇa's knees, and Līlā-sarovara lake was manifested from His thighs.
Verse text
kaṭi-deśāt svarṇa-bhūmer
divya-ratna-khacit-prabhā
udare roma-rājiś ca
mādhavyo vistṛtā latāḥ
Synonyms
kaṭi-deśāt
—
from His hips
;
svarṇa-bhūmeḥ
—
a golden land
;
divya-ratna-khacit-prabhā
—
splendid with glittering jewerls
;
udare
—
on the belly
;
roma-rājiḥ
—
the line of hairs
;
ca
—
and
;
mādhavyaḥ
—
madhavi
;
vistṛtā
—
expanded
;
latāḥ
—
*vines.
Translation
A golden place splendid with gold and jewels was manifested from His hips. Many flowering mādhavī vines were manifested from the line of hairs on His abdomen.
Verse text
nānā-pakṣi-gaṇair vyaptā
dhvanad-bhramara-bhūṣitāḥ
su-puṣpa-phala-bhāraiś ca
natāḥ sat-kulajā iva
Synonyms
nānā-pakṣi-gaṇaiḥ
—
with many different birds
;
vyaptā
—
filled
;
dhvanad-bhramara-bhūṣitaḥ
—
decorated with humming bees
;
su-puṣpa-phala-bhāraiḥ
—
with many fruits and flowers
;
ca
—
and
;
natāḥ
—
bowed down
;
sat-kulajā
—
saintly girls
;
iva
—
*like.
Translation
These vines were filled with many different birds and decorated with buzzing bees. Burdened with many flowers and fruits, they bowed down as if they were many saintly girls.
Verse text
śrī-nābhi-paṅkajāt tasya
paṅkajāni sahasraśaḥ
saraḥsu hari-lokasya
tāni rejur itas tataḥ
Synonyms
śrī-nābhi-paṅkajāt
—
from the lotus navel
;
tasya
—
of Him
;
paṅkajāni
—
lotuses
;
sahasraśaḥ
—
thousands
;
saraḥsu
—
in lakes
;
hari
—
of Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
lokasya
—
of the realm
;
tāni
—
they
;
rejuḥ
—
shone
;
itaḥ
—
here
;
tataḥ
—
*and there.
Translation
From the Lord's lotus navel many thousands of lotus flowers were manifested. They shone very splendidly in the many lakes of Lord Kṛṣṇa's transcendental abode.
Verse text
tri-bali-prāntato vāyur
manda-gāmy ati-śītalaḥ
jātru-deśāc chubhā jātā
mathurā dvārakā-purī
From the three folds of skin at the Lord's waist was manifested a gentle and cooling breeze. From His collar were manifested the cities of Mathurā and Dvārakā.
Synonyms
tri-bali-prāntataḥ
—
from the three folds of skin
;
vāyuḥ
—
the breeze
;
manda-gāmy
—
gentle
;
ati-śītalaḥ
—
cooling
;
jātru-deśāt
—
from the collar
;
śubhā
—
beautiful
;
jātā
—
born
;
mathurā
—
Mathurā
;
dvārakā-purī
—
*Dvārakā City
Verse text
bhujābhyāṁ śrī-harer jātā
śrīdāmādy-aṣṭa-pārṣadaḥ
nandaś ca maṇi-bandhābhyāṁ
upanandaḥ karāgrataḥ
Synonyms
bhujābhyām
—
from the arms
;
śrī-hareḥ
—
of LordKṛṣṇa
;
jātā
—
born
;
śrīdāmādy-aṣṭa-pārṣadaḥ
—
the eight close friends headed by Śrīdama
;
nandaḥ
—
Nanbda
;
ca
—
and
;
maṇi-bandhābhyām
—
from the wrists
;
upanandaḥ
—
Upananda
;
karāgrataḥ
—
*from the hands.
Translation
From Lord Kṛṣṇa's arms were manifested His eight friends headed by Śrīdāmā. From the Lord's wrists Nanda was manifested, and from the Lord's hands Upananda was manifested.
Verse text
śrī-kṛṣṇa-bāhu-mūlābhyāṁ
sarve vai vṛṣabhānavaḥ
kṛṣṇa-roma-samudbhūtāḥ
sarve gopa-gaṇā nṛpa
Synonyms
śrī-kṛṣṇa-bāhu-mūlābhyām
—
from Śrī Kṛṣṇa's shoulder blades
;
sarve
—
all
;
vai
—
indeed
;
vṛṣabhānavaḥ
—
the Vṛṣabhānus
;
kṛṣṇa-roma-samudbhūtāḥ
—
from the hairs of Lord Kṛṣṇa's body
;
sarve
—
all
;
gopa-gaṇā
—
the gopas
;
nṛpa
—
*O king.
Translation
O king, from Śrī Kṛṣṇa's shoulder-blades all the Vṛṣabhānus were manifested. From the hairs of Śrī Kṛṣṇa's body all the gopas were manifested.
Verse text
śrī-kṛṣṇa-manaso gāvo
vṛṣā dharma-dhurandharāḥ
buddher yāvasa-gulmāni
babhūvur maithileśvara
Synonyms
śrī-kṛṣṇa-manasaḥ
—
from Śrī Śrī Kṛṣṇa's mind
;
gāvaḥ
—
cows
;
vṛṣā
—
bulls
;
dharma-dhurandharāḥ
—
the upholderers of religion
;
buddheḥ
—
from the intelligence
;
yāvasa
—
grass
;
gulmāni
—
and bushes
;
babhūvuḥ
—
were
;
maithileśvara
—
*O king of Mithilā.
Translation
O king of Mithilā, from Śrī Kṛṣṇa's mind were manifested the cows and bulls, the upholders of religion. From Śrī Kṛṣṇa's intelligence were manifested the grass, plants, and shrubs.
Verse text
tad-vāmāṁśāt samudbhūtaṁ
gauraṁ tejaḥ sphurat-prabham
līlā śrīr bhūś ca virajā
tasmāj jātā hareḥ priyāḥ
Synonyms
tad-vāmāṁśāt
—
from the left shoulder
;
samudbhūtam
—
manifested
;
gauram
—
fair
;
tejaḥ
—
splendor
;
sphurat-prabham
—
glistening
;
līlā
—
Līlā
;
śrīḥ
—
Śrī
;
bhūś
—
Bhū
;
ca
—
and
;
virajā
—
Virajā
;
tasmāj
—
from that
;
jātā
—
born
;
hareḥ
—
of Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
priyāḥ
—
*the beloveds.
Translation
From the Lord's left shoulder was manifested a golden splendor that was His beloveds: Līlā, Śrī, Bhū, and Virajā.
Verse text
līlāvatī priyā tasya
tāṁ rādhāṁ tu viduḥ pare
śrī-rādhāyā bhujābhyāṁ tu
viśākhā lalitā sakhī
Synonyms
līlāvatī
—
Līlāvatī
;
priyā
—
bloved
;
tasya
—
of Him
;
tam
—
Her
;
rādhām
—
Rādhā
;
tu
—
indeed
;
viduḥ
—
know
;
pare
—
others
;
śrī-rādhāyā
—
of Śrī Rādhā
;
bhujābhyām
—
fromn the arms
;
tu
—
indeed
;
viśākhā
—
Viśākhā
;
lalitā
—
Lalitā
;
sakhī
—
*friend.
Translation
One of His beloveds is Līlāvatī. The wise know His dearest beloved is Rādhā. From Rādhā's arms are manifested Her friends Lalitā and Viśākhā.
Verse text
sahacaryas tathā gopyo
rādhā-romodbhavā nṛpa
evaṁ goloka-racanaṁ
cakāra madhusūdanaḥ
Synonyms
sahacaryaḥ
—
assistants
;
tathā
—
then
;
gopyaḥ
—
gopīs
;
rādhā-romodbhavā
—
manifested from the hairs of Rādhā's body
;
nṛpa
—
O king
;
evam
—
thus
;
goloka
—
of Goloka
;
racanam
—
creation
;
cakāra
—
did
;
madhusūdanaḥ
—
*Lord Kṛṣṇa.
Translation
O king, Her gopī-assistants were manifested from the hairs of Rādhā's body. In this way Lord Kṛṣṇa manifested the world of Goloka.
Verse text
vidhāya sarvaṁ nija-lokam itthaṁ
śrī-rādhayā tatra rarāja rājan
asaṅkhya-lokāṇḍa-patiḥ parātmā
paraḥ pareśaḥ paripūrṇa-devaḥ
Synonyms
vidhāya
—
placing
;
sarvam
—
everything
;
nija-lokam
—
His own realm
;
ittham
—
thus
;
śrī-rādhayā
—
with Rādhā
;
tatra
—
there
;
rarāja
—
shone
;
rājan
—
O king
;
asaṅkhya-lokāṇḍa-patiḥ
—
the Lord of countless universes
;
parātmā
—
the Supreme Self
;
paraḥ
—
the Supreme
;
pareśaḥ
—
the master oif all
;
paripūrṇa-devaḥ
—
*theperfect Lord.
Translation
After thus manifesting His own abode, Lord Kṛṣṇa, the perfect and complete Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the master of countless universes, shone with great glory in Śrī Rādhā's company there.
Verse text
tatraikadā sundara-rāsa-maṇḍale
spurat-kvaṇan-nūpura-śabda-saṅkule
su-cchatra-muktā-phala-dāmajāvṛta-
sravad-bṛhad-bindu-virājitāṅgane
śrī-mālatīnāṁ su-vitāna-jālataḥ
svataḥ-sravat-san-makaranda-gandhite
mṛdaṅga-tāla-dhvani-venu-nādite
su-kaṇṭha-gītādi-manohare pare
śrī-sundarī-rāsa-rase manorame
madhya-sthitaṁ koṭi-manoja-mohanam
jagāda rādhā-patim urjayā girā
kṛtvā kaṭākṣaṁ rasa-dāna-kauśalam
Synonyms
tatra
—
there
;
eka
—
one
;
sundara-rāsa-maṇḍale
—
in the beautiful rasa-dance circle
;
spurat-kvaṇan-nūpura-śabda-saṅkule
—
filledwith the tinkling of anklets
;
su-cchatra
—
a glorious parasol
;
muktā-phala-dāmajā
—
strings of pearls
;
āvṛta
—
filled
;
sravad-bṛhad-bindu
—
with great drops
;
virājita
—
glorious
;
aṅgane
—
courtyard
;
śrī-mālatīnām
—
of malati vines
;
su-vitāna-jālataḥ
—
froma great network
;
svataḥ-sravat-san-makaranda
—
with spontaneously flowing nectar
;
gandhite
—
fragrant
;
mṛdaṅga-tāla-dhvani-venu-nādite
—
filled with the sounds of flute and mṛdaṅga
;
su-kaṇṭha-gītādi
—
with beautiful songs from beautiful necks
;
manohare
—
beautiful
;
pare
—
other
;
śrī-sundarī-rāsa-rase
—
in the nectar of the rasa dance of beautiful girlws
;
manorame
—
beautiful
;
madhya-sthitam
—
staying in the middle
;
koṭi-manoja-mohanam
—
more charming than ten million Kāmadevas
;
jagāda
—
spoke
;
rādhā-patim
—
to the aLord of Rādhā
;
urjayā
—
withg earnest
;
girā
—
words
;
kṛtvā
—
doing
;
kaṭākṣam
—
a sidelong glance
;
rasa-dāna-kauśalam
—
*expert at giving nectar.
Translation
One day, in the beautiful rāsa-dance circle, which was filled with the tinkling of anklets and with courtyards splendid with pearls and parasols, awnings of flowering mālatī vines fragrant with nectar honey, sounds of flute and mṛdaṅga, and beautiful singing from beautiful throats, and which was beautiful with many beautiful girls, Rādhā cast a sidelong glance at Lord Kṛṣṇa, who is more charming that many millions of Kāmadevas, and who generously gives the sweetest nectar. She spoke to Him the following words.
Verse text
śrī-rādhovāca
yadi rāse prasanno 'si
mama premṇā jagat-pate
tadāhaṁ prārthanāṁ tvāṁ tu
karomi manasi sthitām
Synonyms
śrī-rādhā uvāca
—
Śrī Rādhā said
;
yadi
—
if
;
rāse
—
in the rasa dance
;
prasannaḥ
—
pleased
;
asi
—
You are
;
mama
—
of Me
;
premṇā
—
with the love
;
jagat-pate
—
O Lord of the worlds
;
tadā
—
then
;
aham
—
I
;
prārthanām
—
request
;
tvām
—
to You
;
tu
—
indeed
;
karomi
—
I do
;
manasi
—
in the heart
;
sthitām
—
*situated.
Translation
Śrī Rādhā said: O Lord of the worlds, if You are pleased with My love in this rāsa-dance, then there is a desire in My heart I would like to place before You.
Verse text
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
icchāṁ varāya vāmoru
yā te manasi vartate
na deyaṁ yadi yad vastu
premṇā dāsyāmi tat priye
Synonyms
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead said
;
icchām
—
desire
;
varāya
—
please choose
;
vāmoru
—
O girl with the beautiful thighs
;
yā
—
what
;
te
—
of You
;
manasi
—
in the heart
;
vartate
—
is
;
na
—
not
;
deyam
—
to be given
;
yadi
—
if
;
yat
—
what
;
vastu
—
things
;
premṇā
—
with love
;
dāsyāmi
—
I will give
;
tat
—
that
;
priye
—
*O beloved.
Translation
The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O girl with the beautiful thighs, You may ask for whatever Your heart desires. O beloved, if I have not already given it, I will lovingly give whatever You wish.
Verse text
śrī-rādhovāca
vṛndāvane divya-nikuṣja-pārśve
kṛṣṇā-taṭe rāsa-rasāya yogyam
rahaḥ-sthalaṁ tvaṁ kurutān manojṣaṁ
manoratho 'yaṁ mama deva-deva
Synonyms
śrī-rādhā uvāca
—
Śrī Rādhā said
;
vṛndāvane
—
in Vṛndāvan
;
divya-nikuṣja-pārśve
—
in the splendid groves
;
kṛṣṇā
—
of the Yamunā
;
taṭe
—
on the shore
;
rāsa-rasāya
—
for the nectar of a rasa dance
;
yogyam
—
suitable
;
rahaḥ-sthalam
—
secluded place
;
tvam
—
You
;
kurutān
—
may do
;
manojṣām
—
beautiful
;
manorathaḥ
—
desire
;
ayam
—
this
;
mama
—
My
;
deva-deva
—
*O Lord of lords.
Translation
Śrī Rādhā said: In splendid Vṛndāvana forest, in a beautiful and secluded place by the Yamunā's shore, please make an arena for a nectar rāsa-dance. O Lord of lords, this is My desire.
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
tathāstu coktvā bhagavān
raho-yogyaṁ vicintayan
sva-netra-paṅkajābhyāṁ tu
hṛdayaṁ sandadarśa ha
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
tathāstu
—
so be it
;
ca
—
and
;
uktvā
—
saying
;
bhagavān
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
raho-yogyam
—
secluded
;
vicintayan
—
considering
;
sva-netra-paṅkajābhyām
—
with His lotus eyes
;
tu
—
undeed
;
hṛdayam
—
heart
;
sandadarśa
—
saw
;
ha
—
*indeed.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: Saying, "So be it", the Lord meditated. With His lotus eyes he looked inside His heart.
Verse text
tadaiva kṛṣṇa-hṛdayād
gopī-vyūhasya paśyataḥ
nirgataṁ sa-jalaṁ tejo
'nurāgasyeva cāṅkuram
Synonyms
tadā
—
then
;
eva
—
certainly
;
kṛṣṇa-hṛdayāt
—
from Lord Kṛṣṇa's heart
;
gopī-vyūhasya
—
a host of gopīs
;
paśyataḥ
—
watching
;
nirgatam
—
came out
;
sa-jalam
—
with water
;
tejaḥ
—
fire
;
anurāgasya
—
of love
;
iva
—
like
;
ca
—
and
;
aṅkuram
—
*a sprout.
Translation
As the gopīs watched, Kṛṣṇa's love, in a form of fire and water, came from His heart as a sprout comes up from the ground.
Verse text
patitaṁ rāsa-bhūmau tad
vavṛdhe parvatākṛtī
ratna-dhātu-mayaṁ divyaṁ
su-nirjhāra-darī-vṛtam
Synonyms
patitam
—
fallen
;
rāsa-bhūmau
—
on the ground of the rāsa-dance
;
tat
—
that
;
vavṛdhe
—
grew
;
parvatākṛtī
—
in the form of a mountain
;
ratna-dhātu-mayam
—
made of jewels
;
divyam
—
splendid
;
su-nirjhāra-darī-vṛtam
—
*filled with caves and mountain-streams.
Translation
Falling onto the ground of the rāsa-dance circle, that love grew into a great mountain filled with many caves and swiftly-moving streams, . . .
Verse text
kadamba-bakulāśoka-
latā-jāla-manoharam
mandāra-kunda-vṛndāḍhyaṁ
su-pakṣi-gaṇa-saṅkulam
Synonyms
kadamba
—
kadamba
;
bakula
—
bakula
;
aśoka
—
asoka
;
latā
—
vines
;
jāla
—
network
;
manoharam
—
beautiful
;
mandāra
—
mandara
;
kunda
—
kunds
;
vṛnda
—
multitudes
;
āḍhyam
—
opulent
;
su-pakṣi-gaṇa-saṅkulam
—
*filled with birds.
Translation
. . . beautiful with kadamba, bakula, and aśoka trees and a great network of flowering vines, opulent with mandāra and kunda flowers, and filled with graceful birds.
Verse text
kṣaṇa-mātreṇa vaideha
lakṣa-yojana-vistṛtam
śata-koṭir yojanānāṁ
lambitaṁ śeṣavat punaḥ
Synonyms
kṣaṇa-mātreṇa
—
in onlky a moment
;
vaideha
—
O king of Videha
;
lakṣa-yojana-vistṛtam
—
eight hundred thousand miles
;
śata-koṭiḥ
—
one billion
;
yojanānām
—
yojanas
;
lambitam
—
in extent
;
śeṣavat
—
like Śeṣa
;
punaḥ
—
*again.
Translation
O king of Videha, in a single moment that mountain became eight hundred thousand miles wide and eight billion miles long. It was like another Ananta Śeṣa.
Verse text
ūrdhvaṁ samunnataṁ jātaṁ
paṣcāśat-koṭi-yojanam
karīndra-vat sthitaṁ śaśvat
paṣcāśat-koṭi-vistṛtam
Synonyms
ūrdhvam
—
up
;
samunnatam
—
raised
;
jātam
—
born
;
paṣcāśat-koṭi-yojanam
—
4,000,000,000 miles
;
karīndra-vat
—
like the king of elephants
;
sthitam
—
situated
;
śaśvat
—
eternally
;
paṣcāśat-koṭi-vistṛtam
—
*five hundred million.
Translation
It was four billion miles tall. It is four billion miles tall eternally. It was like a gigantic elephant.
Verse text
koṭi-yojana-dīrghāṅgaiḥ
śṛṅgānāṁ śatakaiḥ sphurat
uccakaiḥ svarṇa-kalaśaiḥ
prāsādam iva maithila
Synonyms
koṭi-yojana
—
eithy million miles
;
dīrgha
—
tall
;
aṅgaiḥ
—
with limbs
;
śṛṅgānām
—
of peaks
;
śatakaiḥ
—
with a hundred
;
sphurat
—
manifested
;
uccakaiḥ
—
tall
;
svarṇa-kalaśaiḥ
—
with many golden domes
;
prāsādam
—
a palace
;
iva
—
like
;
maithila
—
*O king of Mithilā.
Translation
It had a hundred eighty-million-mile-tall peaks. O king of Mithilā, it was like a great palace with many golden domes.
Verse text
govardhanākhyaṁ tac cāhuḥ
śata-śṛṅgaṁ tathāpare
evam-bhūtaṁ tu tad api
vardhitaṁ mānasotsukam
Synonyms
govardhanākhyam
—
named Govardhana Hill
;
tat
—
that
;
ca
—
and
;
āhuḥ
—
said
;
śata-śṛṅgam
—
hundred peaks
;
tathā
—
so
;
apare
—
others
;
evam-bhūtam
—
in this way
;
tu
—
indeed
;
tat
—
that
;
api
—
also
;
vardhitam
—
increased
;
mānasa
—
of the heart
;
utsukam
—
*the eagerness.
Translation
Some called this mountain Govardhana and others called it Śataśṛṅga (a hundred peaks). The mountain expanded as much as its heart wished.
Verse text
kolāhale tadā jāte
goloke bhaya-vihvale
vīkṣyotthāya hariḥ sākṣād
dhastenāśu tatāda taṁ
Synonyms
kolāhale
—
chaos
;
tadā
—
then
;
jāte
—
was maniufested
;
goloke
—
inj Goloka
;
bhaya-vihvale
—
filled with fear
;
vīkṣya
—
seeing
;
utthāya
—
rising
;
hariḥ
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
sākṣāt
—
directly
;
hastena
—
with one hand
;
āśu
—
at once
;
tatāda
—
struck
;
tam
—
*it.
Translation
As the mountain expanded, Goloka became filled with fear and there was a great uproar. Lord Kṛṣṇa at once stood up and slapped the mountain with His hand
Verse text
kiṁ vardhase bho pracchinnaṁ
lokam ācchādya tiṣṭhasi
kiṁ vā na caite vasituṁ
tac-chāntim akarod dhariḥ
Synonyms
kim
—
why?
;
vardhase
—
do you expand
;
bhaḥ
—
O
;
pracchinnam
—
covered
;
lokam
—
realm
;
ācchādya
—
coving
;
tiṣṭhasi
—
you stand
;
kim
—
why?
;
vā
—
or
;
na
—
not
;
ca
—
and
;
ete
—
they
;
vasitum
—
to reside
;
tat-śāntim
—
peace
;
akarot
—
did
;
hariḥ
—
*Kṛṣṇa.
Translation
He said, "Why do You expand so much? You have covered the entire realm! Why do you not stop at once?" In this way Kṛṣṇa stopped the mountain from growing any further.
Verse text
samvīkṣya taṁ giri-varaṁ
prasannā bhagavat-priyā
tasmin rahaḥ-sthale rājan
rarāja hariṇā saha
Synonyms
samvīkṣya
—
seeing
;
tam
—
this
;
giri-varam
—
best of mountains
;
prasannā
—
pleased
;
bhagavat-priyā
—
the Lord's beloved
;
tasmin
—
in that
;
rahaḥ-sthale
—
in a secluded pkace
;
rājan
—
O king
;
rarāja
—
shone
;
hariṇā
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
saha
—
*with.
Translation
Gazing at this best of mountains, Lord Kṛṣṇa's beloved Rādhā was very pleased. O king, She enjoyed pastimes with Kṛṣṇa in a secluded place on that mountain.
Verse text
so 'yaṁ giri-varaḥ sākṣāc
chrī-kṛṣṇena praṇoditaḥ
sarva-tīrtha-mayaḥ śyāmo
ghana-śyāmaḥ sura-priyaḥ
Synonyms
saḥ
—
this
;
ayam
—
this
;
giri-varaḥ
—
the best of mountains
;
sākṣāc
—
directly
;
śrī-kṛṣṇena
—
by Kṛṣṇa
;
praṇoditaḥ
—
sent
;
sarva-tīrtha-mayaḥ
—
consisting of all holy places
;
śyāmaḥ
—
dark
;
ghana-śyāmaḥ
—
dark as a cloud
;
sura-priyaḥ
—
*dear to the Lord.
Translation
In this way Govardhana Hill, which is the best of mountains, which is dear to the Lord, which is dark as a monsoon cloud, and which contains within itself all holy places, was manifested by Lord Kṛṣṇa.
Verse text
bhāratāt pāścima-diśi
salmali-dvīpa-madhyataḥ
govardhano janma lebhe
patnyāṁ droṇācalasya ca
Synonyms
bhāratāt
—
from Bharata varsa
;
pāścima-diśi
—
in the w4est
;
salmali-dvīpa-madhyataḥ
—
in Slamali-dvipa
;
govardhanaḥ
—
Govardhana Hill
;
janma
—
birth
;
lebhe
—
attained
;
patnyām
—
in the wife
;
droṇācalasya
—
of Mount Droṇa
;
ca
—
*and.
Translation
In Śālmalī-dvīpa, to the west of Bhārata-varṣa, Govardhana Hill was born from the wife of Mount Droṇa.
Verse text
pulastyena samānīto
bharate vraja-maṇḍale
vaideha tasyāgamanaṁ
mayā tubhyaṁ puroditam
Synonyms
pulastyena
—
by Pulastya Muni
;
samānītaḥ
—
brought
;
bharate
—
to Bharata varsa
;
vraja-maṇḍale
—
in Vraja-maṇḍala
;
vaideha
—
O king of Videha
;
tasya
—
of him
;
āgamanam
—
the arrival
;
mayā
—
by me
;
tubhyam
—
to you
;
purā
—
before
;
uditam
—
*described.
Translation
Pulastya Muni brought Govardhana to Bhārata-varṣa. O king of Videha, I have already described this to you.
Verse text
yathā purā vardhitum utsuko 'yaṁ
tathāpidhānaṁ bhavitā bhuvo vā
vicintya śāpaṁ muninā pareśo
droṇātmajayeti dadau kṣayārtham
Synonyms
yathā
—
as
;
purā
—
before
;
vardhitum
—
to 3expand
;
utsukaḥ
—
eager
;
ayam
—
this
;
tathā
—
so
;
apidhānam
—
—covered
;
bhavitā
—
will be
;
bhuvaḥ
—
of the earth
;
vā
—
or
;
vicintya
—
considering
;
śāpam
—
curse
;
muninā
—
by the sage
;
pareśaḥ
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
droṇātmajaya
—
to the son of Mount Droṇa
;
iti
—
thus
;
dadau
—
gave
;
kṣayārtham
—
*to decrease.
Translation
Because Govardhana Hill had been so eager to expand unlimitedly, Lord Kṛṣṇa arranged that the sage Pulastya curse it to decrease day by day.
.pa
Chapter Ten Śrī Girirāja-māhātmya The Glory of Śrī Girirāja
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
atraivodāharantīmaṁ
itihāsaṁ purātanam
yasya śravaṇa-mātreṇa
mahā-pāpaṁ praṇaśyati
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
atra
—
here
;
eva
—
indeed
;
udāharanti
—
say
;
imam
—
thus
;
itihāsam
—
history
;
purātanam
—
ancient
;
yasya
—
of which
;
śravaṇa-mātreṇa
—
simply by hearing
;
mahā-pāpam
—
great sin
;
praṇaśyati
—
*is destroyed.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: This is the most ancient history of Goloka. When one hears it, all his sins are destoryed.
Verse text
vijayo brāhmaṇaḥ kaścid
gotamī-tīra-vāsa-kṛt
āyayau svam ṛṇaṁ netuṁ
mathurāṁ pāpa-nāśinīm
Synonyms
vijayaḥ
—
Vijaya
;
brāhmaṇaḥ
—
brāhmaṇa
;
kaścit
—
a certain
;
gotamī-tīra-vāsa-kṛt
—
residing on the bank of the Gotamī river
;
āyayau
—
went
;
svam
—
own
;
ṛṇam
—
debt
;
netum
—
to repay
;
mathurām
—
to Mathurā
;
pāpa-nāśinīm
—
*destroyer of sins.
Translation
One day, in order to repay the debt he owed the sages and ancestors, a certain brāhmaṇa named Vijaya went to Mathurā, the holy place that removes all sins.
Verse text
kṛtvā kāryaṁ gṛhaṁ gacchan
govardhana-taṭīṁ gataḥ
vartulaṁ tatra pāṣāṇaṁ
caikaṁ jagrāha maithila
Synonyms
kṛtvā
—
doing
;
kāryam
—
duty
;
gṛham
—
home
;
gacchan
—
going
;
govardhana-taṭīm
—
to Govardhana Hill
;
gataḥ
—
went
;
vartulam
—
round
;
tatra
—
there
;
pāṣāṇam
—
stone
;
ca
—
and
;
ekam
—
one
;
jagrāha
—
took
;
maithila
—
*O king of Mithilā.
Translation
O king of Mithilā, after performing his religious duties, he went to Govardhana Hill and took one of the stones there.
Verse text
śanaiḥ śanair vanoddeśe
nirgato vraja-maṇḍalāt
agre dadarśa cāyantaṁ
rākṣasaṁ ghora-rūpiṇam
Synonyms
śanaiḥ śanaiḥ
—
gradually
;
vanoddeśe
—
in the forest
;
nirgataḥ
—
went
;
vraja-maṇḍalāt
—
from the circle of Vraja
;
agre
—
before
;
dadarśa
—
saw
;
ca
—
and
;
āyantam
—
coming
;
rākṣasam
—
a raksasa
;
ghora-rūpiṇam
—
*horrible.
Translation
Going in a leisurely way from forest to forest, he finally left the circle of Vraja. At that moment he saw a horrible rākṣasa monster approaching.
Verse text
hṛdaye ca mukhaṁ yasya
trayaḥ pādaḥ bhujaś ca ṣaṭ
hasta-trayaṁ ca sthūloṣṭho
nāśā hasta-samunnatā
Synonyms
hṛdaye
—
in the chest
;
ca
—
and
;
mukham
—
face
;
yasya
—
of whom
;
trayaḥ
—
fear
;
pādaḥ
—
feet
;
bhujaś
—
arms
;
ca
—
and
;
ṣaṭ
—
six
;
hasta-trayam
—
three hands
;
ca
—
and
;
sthūloṣṭhaḥ
—
huge lips
;
nāśā
—
nose
;
hasta-samunnatā
—
*raised hands.
Translation
The monster had three heads, three chests, six arms, six legs, three hands, huge lips, and a huge nose. His hands were raised in the air.
Verse text
sapta-hastā lalaj-jihvā
kaṇṭakābhās tanūruhāḥ
aruṇe akṣiṇī dīrghe
dantā vakrā bhayaṅkarāḥ
Synonyms
sapta-hastā
—
seven hands
;
lalaj-jihvā
—
lolling tongue
;
kaṇṭakābhāḥ
—
like a thorn bush
;
tanūruhāḥ
—
the hairs of the body
;
aruṇe
—
red
;
akṣiṇī
—
eyes
;
dīrghe
—
long
;
dantā
—
teeth
;
vakra
—
curved
;
bhayaṅkaraḥ
—
*fearsome.
Translation
His seven-hands-long tongue moved to and fro, the hairs of his body were like a tangle of thorns, his eyes were red, and he had long, curved, frightening fangs.
Verse text
rākṣaso ghurghura-śabdaṁ
kṛtvā cāpi bubhukṣitaḥ
āyayau sammukhe rājan
brāhmaṇasya sthitasya ca
Synonyms
rākṣasaḥ
—
the monster
;
ghurghura-śabdam
—
a snorting sound
;
kṛtvā
—
making
;
ca
—
and
;
api
—
and
;
bubhukṣitaḥ
—
wishing to eat
;
āyayau
—
came
;
sammukhe
—
in the presence
;
rājan
—
O king
;
brāhmaṇasya
—
of the brāhmaṇa
;
sthitasya
—
standing there
;
ca
—
*and.
Translation
O king, wishing to eat him, the snorting monster approached the brāhmaṇa.
Verse text
girirājodbhavenāsau
pāṣāṇena jaghāna tam
girirāja-śilā-sparśāt
tyaktvāsau rākṣasīṁ tanum
Synonyms
girirāja
—
on Govardhana Hill
;
udbhavena
—
manifested
;
asau
—
he
;
pāṣāṇena
—
the stone
;
jaghāna
—
hit
;
tam
—
him
;
girirāja-śilā
—
of the stone from Govardhana Hill
;
sparśāt
—
from the touch
;
tyaktvā
—
gave up
;
asau
—
he
;
rākṣasīm
—
of the monster
;
tanum
—
*the body.
Translation
With his Govardhana-stone the brāhmaṇa struck the monster. Hit by the Govardhana-stone, the monster gave up his body.
Verse text
padma-patra-viśālākṣaḥ
śyāmasundara-vigrahaḥ
vana-mālī pīta-vāsā
mukuṭī kuṇḍalānvitaḥ
vaṁśī-dharo vetra-hastaḥ
kāmadeva ivāparaḥ
bhūtvā kṛtāṣjalir vipraṁ
praṇanāma muhur muhuḥ
Synonyms
padma
—
lotus
;
patra
—
petal
;
viśāla
—
large
;
akṣaḥ
—
eyes
;
śyāma
—
dark
;
sundara
—
handsome
;
vigrahaḥ
—
form
;
vana-mālī
—
wearing a forest garland
;
pīta-vāsā
—
yellow garments
;
mukuṭī
—
wearign a crown
;
kuṇḍalānvitaḥ
—
wearing earrings
;
vaṁśī
—
a flute
;
dharaḥ
—
holding
;
vetra-hastaḥ
—
a stick in his hand
;
kāmadeva
—
Kāmadeva
;
iva
—
like
;
aparaḥ
—
another
;
bhūtvā
—
becoming
;
kṛtāṣjaliḥ
—
with folded hands
;
vipram
—
to the brāhmaṇa
;
praṇanāma
—
offered obeisances
;
muhuḥ
—
again
;
muhuḥ
—
*and again.
Translation
Suddenly transformed into a handsome dark person with large lotus-petal eyes, dressed in yellow garments, garlanded with forest flowers, wearing a crown and earrings, holding a flute and stick, glorious as another Kāmadeva, and his features like those of Lord Kṛṣṇa, with folded hands he bowed before the brāhmaṇa again and again.
Verse text
śrī-siddha uvāca
dhanyas tvaṁ brāhmaṇa-śreṣṭha
para-trāṇa-parāyaṇaḥ
tvayā vimocito 'haṁ vai
rākṣasatvān mahā-mate
Synonyms
śrī-siddha uvāca
—
the liberated soul said
;
dhanyaḥ
—
fortunate
;
tvam
—
you
;
brāhmaṇa-śreṣṭha
—
O best of brāhmaṇas
;
para-trāṇa-parāyaṇaḥ
—
devoted to the protection of others
;
tvayā
—
by you
;
vimocitaḥ
—
freed
;
aham
—
I am
;
vai
—
indeed
;
rākṣasatvāt
—
from the state of being a monster
;
mahā-mate
—
*O noble-hearted one.
Translation
The liberated soul said: O best of brāhmaṇas, you earnestly work for the salvation of others. O noble-hearted one, you have rescued me from a monster's life.
Verse text
pāṣāṇa-sparśa-mātreṇa
kalyāṇaṁ me babhūva ha
na ko 'pi māṁ mocayituṁ
samartho hi tvayā vinā
Synonyms
pāṣāṇa
—
of the stone
;
sparśa
—
by the touch
;
mātreṇa
—
simply
;
kalyāṇam
—
auspiciousness
;
me
—
of me
;
babhūva
—
became
;
ha
—
Oh
;
na
—
not
;
ko 'pi
—
anyone
;
mām
—
me
;
mocayitum
—
to deliver
;
samarthaḥ
—
is able
;
hi
—
indeed
;
tvayā
—
for you
;
vinā
—
*except.
Translation
Good fortune has come to me simply by the touch of this stone. No one but you could have delivered me.
Verse text
śrī-brāhmaṇa uvāca
vismitas tava vākye 'haṁ
na tvaṁ mocayituṁ kṣamaḥ
pāṣāṇa-sparśana-phalaṁ
na jāne vada suvrata
Synonyms
śrī-brāhmaṇa uvāca
—
the brāhmaṇa said
;
vismitaḥ
—
surprised
;
tava
—
of you
;
vākye
—
the words
;
aham
—
I am
;
na
—
not
;
tvam
—
you
;
mocayitum
—
to deliver
;
kṣamaḥ
—
am able
;
pāṣāṇa-sparśana-phalam
—
the result of a stone's touch
;
na
—
not
;
jāne
—
I understand
;
vada
—
please tell
;
suvrata
—
*O saintly one.
Translation
The brāhmaṇa said: I am astonished by your words. I have no power to deliver you. I don't know how, simply by a stone's touch, this has happened. O saintly one, please tell me how this happened.
Verse text
śrī-siddha uvāca
girirājo hare rūpaṁ
śrīmān govardhano giriḥ
tasya darśana-mātreṇa
naro yāti kṛtārthatām
Synonyms
śrī-siddha uvāca
—
the liberated souls said
;
girirājaḥ
—
the king of mountains
;
hare
—
of Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
rūpam
—
the form
;
śrīmān
—
glorious
;
govardhanaḥ
—
Govardhana Hill
;
giriḥ
—
hill
;
tasya
—
of it
;
darśana-mātreṇa
—
simply by seeing
;
naraḥ
—
a person
;
yāti
—
becomes
;
kṛtārthatām
—
*successful.
Translation
The liberated soul said: Glorious Govardhana Hill, the king of mountains, is the person form of Lord Kṛṣṇa. Simply by seeing it, a person attains the supreme goal of life.
Verse text
gandhamādana-yātrāyāṁ
yat phalaṁ labhate naraḥ
tasmāt koṭi-guṇaṁ puṇyaṁ
girirājasya darśane
Synonyms
gandhamādana-yātrāyām
—
on a journey to Gandhamadama Mountain
;
yat
—
what
;
phalam
—
result
;
labhate
—
attains
;
naraḥ
—
a person
;
tasmāt
—
than that
;
koṭi-guṇam
—
multiplied millions of times
;
puṇyam
—
piety
;
girirājasya
—
of Govardhana Hill
;
darśane
—
*in seeing.
Translation
By seeing Govardhana Hill one attains a pious result many millions of times greater than the result of a pligrimage to Mount Gandhamadana.
Verse text
paṣca-varṣa-sahasrāṇi
kedare yat tapaḥ-phalam
tac ca govardhane vipra
kṣaṇena labhate naraḥ
Synonyms
paṣca-varṣa-sahasrāṇi
—
five thousand years
;
kedare
—
on Mount Kedara
;
yat
—
what
;
tapaḥ-phalam
—
the result of austerities
;
tac
—
that
;
ca
—
and
;
govardhane
—
on Govardhana Hill
;
vipra
—
O brāhmaṇa
;
kṣaṇena
—
in a moment
;
labhate
—
attains
;
naraḥ
—
*a person.
Translation
O brāhmaṇa, the same result one attains by performing austerities for five thousand years on Mount Kedāra is attained in a single moment on Govardhana Hill.
Verse text
malayādrau svarṇa-bhāra-
dānasyāpi ca yat phalam
tasmāt koṭi-guṇaṁ puṇyaṁ
girirāje hi māsikam
Synonyms
malayādrau
—
in the Malaya Hills
;
svarṇa
—
of gold
;
bhāra
—
of a bhara
;
dānasya
—
of charity
;
api
—
even
;
ca
—
and
;
yat
—
that
;
phalam
—
result
;
tasmāt
—
than that
;
koṭi-guṇam
—
multiplied millions of times
;
puṇyam
—
piety
;
girirāje
—
on Govardhana Hill
;
hi
—
indeed
;
māsikam
—
*one month.
Translation
By staying for one month on Govardhana Hill one attains a pious result many millions of times greater than the result of giving in charity a bhāra of gold in the Malaya Hills.
Verse text
parvate maṅgala-prasthe
yo dadyād dhema-dakṣiṇām
sa yāti viṣṇu-sārūpyaṁ
yuktaḥ pāpa-śatair api
Synonyms
parvate maṅgala-prasthe
—
on Mount Maṅgala
;
yaḥ
—
one who
;
dadyāt
—
gives
;
dhema-dakṣiṇām
—
gold in daksina
;
sa
—
he
;
yāti
—
attains
;
viṣṇu-sārūpyam
—
a form like Lord Viṣṇu's
;
yuktaḥ
—
engaged
;
pāpa-śataiḥ
—
with hundreds of sins
;
api
—
*even.
Translation
Even though he has committed hundreds of sins, a person who on Mount Maṅgala gives gold in charity attains a spiritual form like Lord Viṣṇu's.
Verse text
tat padaṁ hi naro yāti
girirājasya darśanāt
girirāja-samaṁ puṇyaṁ
anyat tīrthaṁ na vidyate
Synonyms
tat
—
that
;
padam
—
state
;
hi
—
indeed
;
naraḥ
—
aperson
;
yāti
—
attains
;
girirājasya
—
of Govardhana Hill
;
darśanāt
—
from seeing
;
girirāja-samam
—
like Govardhana Hill
;
puṇyam
—
piety
;
anyat
—
another
;
tīrtham
—
holy place
;
na
—
not
;
vidyate
—
*is.
Translation
That same result is attained simply by seeing Govardhana Hill. No other holy place is as sacred as Govardhana Hill.
Verse text
ṛṣabhādrau kūṭakādrau
kolakādrau tathā naraḥ
suvarṇa-śṛṅga-yuktānāṁ
gavāṁ koṭir dadāti yaḥ
mahā-puṇyaṁ labhet so 'pi
viprān sampūjya yatnataḥ
tasmāl lakṣa-guṇaṁ puṇyaṁ
girau govardhane dvija
Synonyms
ṛṣabhādrau
—
on Mount Ṛṣabha
;
kūṭakādrau
—
on Mount kūṭaka
;
kolaka
—
on Mount Kolaka
;
tathā
—
so
;
naraḥ
—
a person
;
suvarṇa
—
gold
;
śṛṅga
—
horns
;
yuktānām
—
with
;
gavām
—
of cows
;
koṭiḥ
—
tewn million
;
dadāti
—
gives
;
yaḥ
—
one who
;
mahā-puṇyam
—
great piety
;
labhet
—
attains
;
saḥ
—
he
;
api
—
also
;
viprān
—
brāhmaṇas
;
sampūjya
—
worshiping
;
yatnataḥ
—
carefully
;
tasmāl
—
than that
;
lakṣa-guṇam
—
a hunbdred thousand times
;
puṇyam
—
piety
;
girau govardhane
—
on Govardhana Hill
;
dvija
—
*O brāhmaṇa.
Translation
O brāhmaṇa, simply by visiting Govardhana Hill one attains piety a hundred thousand times greater than the piety he would attain if on the sacred mountains Ṛṣabha, Kūṭaka, and Kolaka he had worshiped many brāhmaṇas and given in charity ten million cows with golden horns.
Verse text
ṛṣyamūkasya sahyasya
tathā deva-gireḥ punaḥ
yātrāyāṁ labhate puṇyaṁ
samastāya bhuvaḥ phalam
girirājasya yātrāyāṁ
tasmāt koṭi-guṇaṁ phalam
girirāja-samaṁ tīrthaṁ
na bhūtaṁ na bhaviṣyati
Synonyms
ṛṣyamūkasya
—
of Ṛṣyamūka
;
sahyasya
—
borne
;
tathā
—
so
;
deva-gireḥ
—
of Devagiri
;
punaḥ
—
again
;
yātrāyām
—
on pilgrimage
;
labhate
—
attains
;
puṇyam
—
piety
;
samastāya
—
all
;
bhuvaḥ
—
of tyhe world
;
phalam
—
the result
;
girirājasya
—
of Govardhana Hill
;
yātrāyām
—
on pilgrimage
;
tasmāt
—
than that
;
koṭi-guṇam
—
multiplied ten million times
;
phalam
—
result
;
girirāja-samam
—
equal to Govardhana Hill
;
tīrtham
—
holy place
;
na
—
not
;
bhūtam
—
was
;
na
—
not
;
bhaviṣyati
—
*will be.
Translation
By going on pilgrimage to Govardhana Hill one attains piety ten million times greater than the piety he would attain by going on pilgrimage to Ṛṣyamūka or Devagiri. There never was, nor will there ever be a holy place equal to Govardhana Hill.
Verse text
śrī-śaile daśa varṣāni
kuṇḍe vidyādhare naraḥ
snānaṁ karoti sukṛtī
śata-yajṣa-phalaṁ labhet
govardhane pucche-kuṇḍe
dinaikaṁ snāna-kṛn naraḥ
koṭi-yajṣa-phalaṁ sākṣāt
puṇyam eti na saṁśayaḥ
Synonyms
śrī-śaile
—
on Śrī Saila
;
daśa
—
ten
;
varṣāni
—
years
;
kuṇḍe vidyādhare
—
in Vidyadhara-kunda
;
naraḥ
—
a person
;
snānam
—
bath
;
karoti
—
does
;
sukṛtī
—
pious
;
śata-yajṣa-phalam
—
the result of a hundred yajnas
;
labhet
—
attains
;
govardhane
—
on Govardhana Hill
;
pucche-kuṇḍe
—
in Puccha-kunda
;
dinaikam
—
one day
;
snāna-kṛn
—
bathing
;
naraḥ
—
a person
;
koṭi-yajṣa-phalam
—
the result of ten million yajnas
;
sākṣāt
—
direct
;
puṇyam
—
piety
;
eti
—
attains
;
na
—
no
;
saṁśayaḥ
—
*doubt.
Translation
By bathing every day for ten years in Vidyādhara-kuṇḍa on Śrī Śaila, one attains the result of a hundred yajṣas. By once bathing in Puccha-kunda on Govardhana Hill one attains the result of ten million yajṣas. Of this there is no doubt.
Verse text
veṅkatādrau vāri-dhāre
mahendre vindhya-parvate
yajṣāṁ kṛtvā hy aśvamedhaṁ
naro nāka-patir bhavet
govardhane 'smin yo yajṣaṁ
kṛtvā dattvā su-dakṣiṇām
nāke padaṁ samvidhāya
sa viṣṇoḥ padam āvrajet
Synonyms
veṅkatādrau
—
on Venkata Hill
;
vāri-dhāre
—
on Mounta Varidhara
;
mahendre
—
on Mount Mahendra
;
vindhya-parvate
—
in the Vindhya mountains
;
yajṣam
—
a yajna
;
kṛtvā
—
performing
;
hy
—
indeed
;
aśvamedham
—
asvamedha
;
naraḥ
—
a person
;
nāka-patiḥ
—
the king of heaven
;
bhavet
—
becomes
;
govardhane
—
on Govardhana Hill
;
asmin
—
there
;
yaḥ
—
who
;
yajṣam
—
a yajna
;
kṛtvā
—
performs
;
dattvā
—
giving
;
su-dakṣiṇām
—
daksina
;
nāke
—
in the heaven
;
padam
—
the realm
;
sa
—
he
;
viṣṇoḥ
—
of Lord Viṣṇu
;
padam
—
the abode
;
āvrajet
—
*attains.
Translation
A person who performs an aśvamedha-yajṣa on the mountains Veṅkaṭa, Vāridhāra, Mahendra, or Vindhya, attains the post of King Indra. A person who performs an aśvamedha-yajṣa on Govardhana Hill and gives proper dakṣiṇā goes beyond the realm of Indra and attains the abode of Lord Viṣṇu.
Verse text
citrakūṭe payasvinyāṁ
śrī-rāma-navamī-dine
pariyātre tṛtīyāyāṁ
vaiśākhasya dvijottama
kukurādrau ca pūrṇāyāṁ
nilādrau dvādaśī-dine
indrakīle ca saptamyāṁ
snānaṁ dānaṁ tapaḥ kriyā
tat sarvaṁ koṭi-guṇitaṁ
bhavatītthaṁ hi bhārate
govardhane tu tat sarvaṁ
anantaṁ jāyate dvija
Synonyms
citrakūṭe
—
on Citrakūṭa
;
payasvinyām
—
in Payasvini
;
śrī-rāma-navamī-dine
—
on Śrī Rāma-navamī day
;
pariyātre
—
pilgrimage
;
tṛtīyāyām
—
on the third
;
vaiśākhasya
—
during Visakha
;
dvijottama
—
O best of brāhmaṇas
;
kukurādrau
—
on Mount Kukura
;
ca
—
and
;
pūrṇāyām
—
during the full moon day
;
nilādrau
—
on Mount Nila
;
dvādaśī-dine
—
on the dvadasi day
;
indrakīle
—
on Indrakila
;
ca
—
and
;
saptamyām
—
on the saptami
;
snānam
—
bath
;
dānam
—
charity
;
tapaḥ
—
asterity
;
kriyā
—
pious deed
;
tat
—
that
;
sarvam
—
all
;
koṭi-guṇitam
—
multiplied by ten million times
;
bhavati
—
is
;
ittham
—
thus
;
hi
—
indeed
;
bhārate
—
in Bharata varsa
;
govardhane
—
on Govardhana Hill
;
tu
—
but
;
tat
—
that
;
sarvam
—
all
;
anantam
—
endless
;
jāyate
—
is manifested
;
dvija
—
*O brāhmaṇa.
Translation
O best of brāhmaṇas, bathing in sacred rivers, giving charity, performing austerities, and performing pious deeds, all these performed during Śrī Rāma-navamī on Mount Citrakūṭa, during the third day of Viśākhā on Pariyātra, during the full-moon on Mount Kukura, during Dvādaśī on Mount Nīla, or during Saptamī at Indrakīla bring a great pious result. That pious result is multiplied ten million times by visiting Bhārata-varṣa. It is multiplied unlimited times by visiting Govardhana Hill.
Verse text
godāvaryāṁ girau siṁhe
māyāpuryāṁ tu kumbhage
puṣkare puṣya-nakṣatre
kurukṣetre ravi-grahe
candra-grahe tu kāśyāṁ vai
phālgune naimiṣe tathā
ekādaśyāṁ śūkare ca
kārtikyāṁ gaṇa-mukti-de
janmāṣṭamyāṁ madhoḥ puryāṁ
khāṇḍave dvādaśī-dine
kārtikyāṁ pūrṇimāyāṁ tu
vaṭeśvara-mahā-vaṭe
makarārke prayāge tu
barhiṣmatyāṁ hi vaidhṛtau
ayodhyā-sarayū-tīre
śrī-rāma-navamī-dine
evaṁ śiva-caturdaśyāṁ
vaijanātha-śubhe vane
tathā darśe soma-vāre
gaṅgā-sāgara-saṅgame
daśamyāṁ setubandhe ca
śrī-raṅge saptamī-dine
eṣu dānaṁ tapaḥ snānaṁ
japo deva-dvijārcanam
tat sarvaṁ koṭi-guṇitaṁ
bhavatīha dvijottama
tat-tulyaṁ puṇyam āpnoti
girau govardhane vare
Synonyms
godāvaryām
—
in thre Godavari
;
girau siṁhe
—
in Mount Simha
;
māyāpuryām
—
in Mayapuri
;
tu
—
indeed
;
kumbhage
—
during kumbhaga
;
puṣkare
—
during puskara
;
puṣya-nakṣatre
—
during pusya-naksatra
;
kurukṣetre
—
at Kuruksetra
;
ravi-grahe
—
on Sunday
;
candra-grahe
—
during the moon
;
tu
—
indeed
;
kāśyām
—
at Varanasi
;
vai
—
indeed
;
phālgune
—
in the month of Phalguna
;
naimiṣe
—
in Naimisaranya
;
tathā
—
so
;
ekādaśyām
—
duting ekadasi
;
śūkare
—
in siūkara
;
ca
—
and
;
kārtikyām
—
in kartika
;
gaṇa-mukti-de
—
giving liberation
;
janmāṣṭamyām
—
in janmastami
;
madhoḥ puryām
—
in Mathura City
;
khāṇḍave
—
in the khandava forest
;
dvādaśī-dine
—
on Dvadasi
;
kārtikyām
—
in Kartika
;
pūrṇimāyām
—
on the full moon
;
tu
—
indeed
;
vaṭeśvara-mahā-vaṭe
—
at the great vatesvara banyan tree
;
makarārke
—
in markara
;
prayāge
—
in Prayaga
;
tu
—
indeed
;
barhiṣmatyām
—
in Barhismati
;
hi
—
indeed
;
vaidhṛtau
—
in Vaidhrti
;
ayodhyā-sarayū-tīre
—
on ther shore of the Sarayu at Ayodhya
;
śrī-rāma-navamī-dine
—
on Śrī Rāma-navami
;
evam
—
thus
;
śiva-caturdaśyām
—
on Siva caturdasi
;
vaijanātha-śubhe vane
—
in brautiful vaijanatha forest
;
tathā
—
so
;
darśe
—
in darsa
;
soma-vāre
—
on monday
;
gaṅgā-sāgara-saṅgame
—
at Ganga-sagara
;
daśamyām
—
on dasami
;
setubandhe
—
at Setubandha
;
ca
—
and
;
śrī-raṅge
—
at Śrī Ranga
;
saptamī-dine
—
on saptami
;
eṣu
—
in these
;
dānam
—
charity
;
tapaḥ
—
austerity
;
snānam
—
bathing
;
japaḥ
—
chanting mantras
;
deva-dvijārcanam
—
worshiping the Lord and the ds
;
tat
—
that
;
sarvam
—
all
;
koṭi
—
ten million times
;
guṇitam
—
multitplied
;
bhavati
—
is
;
iha
—
here
;
dvijottama
—
O best of brāhmaṇa
;
tat-tulyam
—
equal to that
;
puṇyam
—
piety
;
āpnoti
—
attains
;
girau govardhane vare
—
*on Govardhana Hill.
Translation
By giving charity, performing austerities, bathing in sacred rivers, chanting sacred mantras, or worshiping the brāhmaṇas and the Supreme Personality of Godhead at the Godāvarī, Mount Siṁha, Māyāpurī, Kumbhaga, Puṣkara, Puṣya-nakṣatra, Kurukṣetra, Ravi-graha, Candra-graha, Kāśī, Phālguna, Naimiṣa, Ekādaśī, Śūkara, Kārtikī, Gaṇamuktida, Janmāṣṭamī, Madhupurī, Khāṇḍava, Dvādaśī, Kārtikī, Pūrṇimā, Vaṭeśvara-mahā-vaṭa, Makarārka, Prayāga, Barhiṣmatī, Vaidhṛti, Ayodhyā-sarayū-tīra, Śrī Rāma-navamī-dina, Śiva-caturdaśī, vaijanātha-śubha-vana, Darśa, Soma-vāra, Gaṅgā-sāgara-saṅgama, Daśamī, Setubandha, Śrī Raṅga, or Saptamī-dina, on attains a great pious result. O best of brāhmaṇas, by visiting Govardhana Hill one attains a pious result ten million times greater than all those pious deeds together.
Verse text
govinda-kuṇḍe viśade
yaḥ snāti kṛṣṇa-mānasaḥ
prāpnoti kṛṣṇa-sārūpyaṁ
maithilendra na saṁśayaḥ
Synonyms
govinda-kuṇḍe
—
Gpvinda-kunda
;
viśade
—
sacred
;
yaḥ
—
who
;
snāti
—
bathes
;
kṛṣṇa-mānasaḥ
—
thinking og Kṛṣṇa
;
prāpnoti
—
attains
;
kṛṣṇa-sārūpyam
—
a form like Kṛṣṇas's
;
maithilendra
—
O king of Mithilā
;
na
—
no
;
saṁśayaḥ
—
*doubt.
Translation
One who, thinking of Lord Kṛṣṇa, bathes in sacred Govinda-kuṇḍa, attains a transcendental form like Lord Kṛṣṇa's. O king of Mithilā, of this there is no doubt.
Verse text
aśvamedha-sahasrāṇi
rājasūya-śatāni ca
mānasī-gaṅgayā tulyaṁ
na bhavanty atra no girau
Synonyms
aśvamedha-sahasrāṇi
—
thousand asvamedha-yajnas
;
rājasūya-śatāni
—
a hundred rajasuya-yajnas
;
ca
—
and
;
mānasī-gaṅgayā
—
with manasa-gaṅgā
;
tulyam
—
equal
;
na
—
not
;
bhavanty
—
is
;
atra
—
here
;
na
—
not
;
u
—
indeed
;
girau
—
*on Govardhana Hill.
Translation
Neither a thousand aśvamedha-yajṣas nor a hundred rājasūya-yajṣas are equal to visiting Mānasa-gaṅgā on Govardhana Hill.
Verse text
tvayā vipra kṛtaṁ sākṣād
girirājasya darśanam
sparśanaṁ ca tataḥ snānaṁ
na tvatto 'py adhiko bhuvi
Synonyms
tvayā
—
by you
;
vipra
—
O brāhmaṇa
;
kṛtam
—
done
;
sākṣāt
—
directly
;
girirājasya
—
of Govardhana Hill
;
darśanam
—
sight
;
sparśanam
—
touch
;
ca
—
and
;
tataḥ
—
there
;
snānam
—
bath
;
na
—
not
;
tvattaḥ
—
than you
;
api
—
even
;
adhikaḥ
—
greater
;
bhuvi
—
*on the earth.
Translation
O brāhmaṇa, you have directly seen and touched Govardhana Hill. You have bathed in its sacred waters. In this world no one is more fortunate than you.
Verse text
na manyase cen māṁ paśya
mahā-pātakinaṁ param
govardhana-śilā-sparśāt
kṛṣṇa-sārūpyatāṁ gataḥ
Synonyms
na
—
not
;
manyase
—
you consider
;
cen
—
if
;
mām
—
me
;
paśya
—
look
;
mahā-pātakinam
—
great sinner
;
param
—
gret
;
govardhana
—
Govardhana
;
śilā
—
stone
;
sparśāt
—
by the touch
;
kṛṣṇa-sārūpyatām
—
teh state of having a transcendental form like Lord Kṛṣṇa's
;
gataḥ
—
*attained.
Translation
If you don't believe my words, consider the story of the great sinner who, because he was touched by a Govardhana-stone, attained a transcendental form like Lord Kṛṣṇa's.
.pa
Chapter Eleven Śrī Girirāja-prabhāva The Power of Śrī Girirāja
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
iti śrutvā siddha-vākyaṁ
brāhmaṇo vismayaṁ gataḥ
punaḥ papraccha taṁ rājan
girirāja-prabhāva-vit
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
iti
—
thus
;
śrutvā
—
hearing
;
siddha-vākyam
—
the words of the liberated soul
;
brāhmaṇaḥ
—
of the brāhmaṇa
;
vismayam
—
wonder
;
gataḥ
—
attained
;
punaḥ
—
again
;
papraccha
—
asked
;
tam
—
him
;
rājan
—
O king
;
girirāja-prabhāva-vit
—
*the knower of the powers of Govardhana Hill.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: When he heard the liberated soul's words, the brāhmaṇa became struck with wonder. Then he asked another question of the liberated soul, who knew the power and glory of Govardhana Hill.
Verse text
śrī-brāhmaṇa uvāca
purā janmani kas tvaṁ bhos
tvayā kiṁ kaluṣaṁ kṛtam
sarvaṁ vada mahā-bhāga
tvaṁ sākṣād-divya-darśanaḥ
Synonyms
śrī-brāhmaṇa uvāca
—
the brāhmaṇa said
;
purā
—
before
;
janmani
—
birth
;
kaḥ
—
who?
;
tvam
—
you
;
bhoḥ
—
Oh
;
tvayā
—
by you
;
kim
—
how?
;
kaluṣam
—
sin
;
kṛtam
—
done
;
sarvam
—
all
;
vada
—
tell
;
mahā-bhāga
—
O fortunate one
;
tvam
—
you
;
sākṣād-divya-darśanaḥ
—
*can see everything perfectly.
Translation
The brāhmaṇa said: Who were you in your previous birth? What sin did you commit. O fortunate one, you have spiritual eyes to see all this directly.
Verse text
śrī-siddha uvāca
purā janmani vaiśyo 'haṁ
dhanī vaiśya-suto mahān
ā-bālayād dyūta-nirato
viṭa-goṣṭhi-viśāradaḥ
Synonyms
śrī-siddha uvāca
—
the liberated soul said
;
purā
—
previous
;
janmani
—
birth
;
vaiśyaḥ
—
a vaisya
;
dhāni
—
wealthy
;
vaiśya
—
of a vaisya
;
sutaḥ
—
the son
;
mahān
—
great
;
ā-bālayāt
—
from childhood
;
dyūta-nirataḥ
—
addicted to gambling
;
viṭa-goṣṭhi-viśāradaḥ
—
*a rake.
Translation
The liberated soul said: In my previous birth I was a wealthy vaiśya's son. From childhood I was a compulsive gambler. I became a great rake.
Verse text
veśyā-rataḥ ku-mārgo 'haṁ
madirā-mada-vihvalaḥ
mātrā pitrā bhāryayāpi
bhartsito 'haṁ sadā dvija
Synonyms
veśyā
—
with a prostitute
;
rataḥ
—
in love
;
ku-mārgaḥ
—
on the wrong path
;
aham
—
I
;
madirā-mada-vihvalaḥ
—
a drunkard
;
mātrā
—
by my mother
;
pitrā
—
father
;
bhāryayā
—
wife
;
api
—
and
;
bhartsitaḥ
—
rebuked
;
aham
—
I
;
sadā
—
always
;
dvija
—
*O brāhmaṇa.
Translation
I became a drunkard addicted to chasing prostitutes. O brāhmaṇa, my father, mother, and wife rebuked me again and again.
Verse text
ekadā tu mayā vipra
pitarau garadānataḥ
māritau ca tathā bhāryā
khaḍgena pathi māritā
Synonyms
ekadā
—
one day
;
tu
—
indeed
;
mayā
—
by me
;
vipra
—
O brāhmaṇa
;
pitarau
—
parents
;
garada-ānataḥ
—
poisoned
;
māritau
—
died
;
ca
—
and
;
tathā
—
then
;
bhāryā
—
wife
;
khaḍgena
—
with a sword
;
pathi
—
on the highway
;
māritā
—
*killed.
Translation
Then one day with poison I killed my parents and with a sword I killed my wife on a pathway.
Verse text
gṛhitvā tad-dhanaṁ sarvaṁ
veśyayā sahitaḥ khalaḥ
dakṣiṇāśaṁ ca gatavān
dasyu-karmāti-nirdayaḥ
Synonyms
gṛhitvā
—
taking
;
tad-dhanam
—
that wealth
;
sarvam
—
all
;
veśyayā
—
with a prostitute
;
sahitaḥ
—
with
;
khalaḥ
—
rascal
;
dakṣiṇāśam
—
to the south
;
ca
—
and
;
gatavān
—
went
;
dasyu-karmāti-nirdayaḥ
—
*a merciless thief.
Translation
Then I took all their money and went with my prostitute beloved to the south, where I became a merciless thief.
Verse text
ekadā tu mayā veśyā
niḥkṣiptā hy andha-kūpake
dasyunā hi mayā pāśair
māritāḥ śataśo narāḥ
One day I threw the prsotitute into a blind well and left her there to die. Indeed, with ropes I killed many hundreds of people as I robbed them.
Synonyms
ekadā
—
one day
;
tu
—
indeed
;
mayā
—
by me
;
veśyā
—
the prostitute
;
niḥkṣiptā
—
thrown
;
hy
—
indeed
;
andha-kūpake
—
into a blind well
;
dasyunā
—
by a thief
;
hi
—
indeed
;
mayā
—
by me
;
pāśaiḥ
—
with ropes
;
māritāḥ
—
killed
;
śataśaḥ
—
hundreds
Verse text
dhana-lobhena bho vipra
brahma-hatyā-śataṁ kṛtam
kṣatra-hatyā vaiṣya-hatyāḥ
śūdra-hatyāḥ sahasraśaḥ
Synonyms
dhana-lobhena
—
greedy
;
bhaḥ
—
O
;
vipra
—
brāhmaṇa
;
brahma-hatyā-śatam
—
killing hunderds of brāhmaṇa
;
kṛtam
—
done
;
kṣatra-hatyā
—
the murder of ksatriyas
;
vaiṣya-hatyāḥ
—
the murder of vaisyas
;
śūdra-hatyāḥ
—
the murder of sudras
;
sahasraśaḥ
—
*thousands.
Translation
O brāhmaṇa, I was so greedy after money that as a highwayman I murdered many hundreds of brāhmaṇas and many thousands of kṣatriyas, vaiśyas, and śūdras.
Verse text
ekadā māṁsam ānetuṁ
mṛgān hantuṁ vane gatam
sarpo 'daśat padā spṛṣṭo
duṣṭaṁ māṁ nidhanaṁ gatam
Synonyms
ekadā
—
one day
;
māṁsam
—
meat
;
ānetum
—
to get
;
mṛgān
—
deer
;
hantum
—
to kill
;
vane
—
in the forest
;
gatam
—
went
;
sarpaḥ
—
snake
;
adaśat
—
bit
;
padā
—
by the foot
;
spṛṣṭaḥ
—
touched
;
duṣṭam
—
wicked
;
mām
—
me
;
nidhanam
—
to death
;
gatam
—
*went.
Translation
One day, as I was hunting deer in the forest, I stepped on a snake. The snake bit me and I died.
Verse text
santāḍya mudgarair ghorair
yamadūtā bhayaṅkarāḥ
baddhvā māṁ narakaṁ ninyur
mahā-pātakinaṁ khalam
Synonyms
santāḍya
—
beating
;
mudgaraiḥ
—
with clubs
;
ghoraiḥ
—
terrible
;
yamadūtā
—
the yamadutas
;
bhayaṅkarāḥ
—
feearsome
;
baddhvā
—
binding
;
mām
—
me
;
narakam
—
to hell
;
ninyuḥ
—
led
;
mahā-pātakinam
—
great sinner
;
khalam
—
*wicked.
Translation
Fearsome Yamadūtas beat me with terrible clubs, tied me up, and dragged me, a great sinner, to hell.
Verse text
manvantaraṁ tu patitaḥ
kumbhīpāke mahā-khale
kalpaikaṁ tapta-sūrmau ca
mahā-duḥkhaṁ gataḥ khalaḥ
Synonyms
manvantaram
—
for a manvantara
;
tu
—
certainly
;
patitaḥ
—
fallen
;
kumbhīpāke
—
into Kumbhipaka
;
mahā-khale
—
great hell
;
kalpa ekam
—
for one kalpa
;
tapta
—
molten
;
sūrmau
—
the iron form of a woman
;
ca
—
and
;
mahā-duḥkham
—
tormented
;
gataḥ
—
attained
;
khalaḥ
—
*wicked.
Translation
I fell into the terrible hell named Kumbhīpāka and I stayed there for a manvantara. For a kalpa I was forced to embrace the red-hot iron statue of a woman. I, a great sinner, suffered greatly.
Verse text
catur-aśīti-lakṣāṇāṁ
narakānāṁ pṛthak pṛthak
varṣaṁ varṣaṁ nipatito
nirgato 'haṁ yamecchayā
Synonyms
catur-aśīti-lakṣāṇām
—
eight million four hundred thousand
;
narakānām
—
of hells
;
pṛthak
—
one
;
pṛthak
—
after another
;
varṣam
—
place
;
varṣam
—
after place
;
nipatitaḥ
—
fallen
;
nirgataḥ
—
went
;
aham
—
I
;
yama-icchayā
—
*by the desire of Yamarāja.
Translation
By the desire of Yamarāja I was thrown into eight million four-hundred thousand different hells.
Verse text
tatas tu bhārate varṣe
prāpto 'haṁ karma-vāsanām
daśa-vāraṁ sūkaro 'haṁ
vyāghro 'haṁ śata-janmasu
Synonyms
tataḥ
—
then
;
tu
—
indeed
;
bhārate varṣe
—
in Bharata-varsa
;
prāptaḥ
—
attained
;
aham
—
I
;
karma-vāsanām
—
by the karma
;
daśa-vāram
—
ten times
;
sūkaraḥ
—
pig
;
aham
—
I
;
vyāghraḥ
—
I tiger
;
aham
—
I
;
śata-janmasu
—
*in a hundred births.
Translation
Then my karma took me to Bhārata-varṣa. For ten births I was a pig, and for a hundred births I was a tiger.
Verse text
uṣṭro 'haṁ janma-śatakaṁ
mahiṣaḥ śata-janmasu
sarpo 'haṁ janma-sāhasraṁ
mārito duṣṭa-mānavaiḥ
Synonyms
uṣṭraḥ
—
a camel
;
aham
—
I
;
janma-śatakam
—
for a hundred births
;
mahiṣaḥ
—
a buffalo
;
śata-janmasu
—
for a hundred births
;
sarpaḥ
—
a snake
;
aham
—
I
;
janma-sāhasram
—
for a hundred births
;
māritaḥ
—
killed
;
duṣṭa-mānavaiḥ
—
*by wicked men.
Translation
For a hundred births I was a camel. For another hundred births I was a buffalo. For a thousand births I was a snake. Wicked men killed me again and again.
Verse text
evaṁ varṣāyutānte tu
nirjale vipine dvija
rākṣasaś cedṛśo jāto
vikarālo mahā-khalaḥ
Synonyms
evam
—
thus
;
varṣ
—
years
;
ayuta
—
ten thousand
;
ante
—
at the end
;
tu
—
indeed
;
nirjale vipine
—
in a desert
;
dvija
—
O brāhmaṇa
;
rākṣasaś
—
a manoster
;
ca
—
and
;
idṛśaḥ
—
like this
;
jātaḥ
—
born
;
vikarālaḥ
—
gruesome
;
mahā-khalaḥ
—
*wicked.
Translation
O brāhmaṇa, after ten thousand years of these births I was born in a desert as a grotesque and wicked monster.
Verse text
kasya śūdrasya dehaṁ vai
samāruhya vrajaṁ gataḥ
vṛndāvanasya nikaṭe
yamunā-nikaṭāc chubhāt
Synonyms
kasya śūdrasya
—
of a sudra
;
deham
—
the body
;
vai
—
indeed
;
samāruhya
—
taking
;
vrajam
—
to Vraja
;
gataḥ
—
went
;
vṛndāvanasya
—
Vṛndāvana forest
;
nikaṭe
—
near
;
yamunā-nikaṭāt
—
near the Yamunā
;
śubhāt
—
*sacred.
Translation
One day I assumed the form of a śūdra and I went to Vraja. I came near to Vṛndāvana and the sacred Yamunā.
Verse text
samutthitā yaṣṭi-hastāḥ
śyāmalāḥ kṛṣṇa-pārṣadāḥ
tais tāḍito dharṣito 'haṁ
vraja-bhūmau palāyitaḥ
Synonyms
samutthitā
—
risen
;
yaṣṭi-hastāḥ
—
with sticks in their hands
;
śyāmalāḥ
—
handsome
;
kṛṣṇa-pārṣadāḥ
—
Kṛṣṇa's associates
;
taiḥ
—
by them
;
tāḍitaḥ
—
beaten
;
dharṣitaḥ
—
defeated
;
aham
—
I
;
vraja-bhūmau
—
from Vraja
;
palāyitaḥ
—
*fled.
Translation
With sticks in their hands, some of Lord Kṛṣṇa's handsome friends beat me severely and I fled from the land of Vraja.
Verse text
bubhukṣito bahu-dinais
tvāṁ khāditum ihāgataḥ
tāvat tvayā tāḍito 'haṁ
girirājāśmanā mune
Synonyms
bubhukṣitaḥ
—
hungry
;
bahu-dinaiḥ
—
from many days
;
tvām
—
you
;
khāditum
—
to eat
;
iha
—
here
;
āgataḥ
—
came
;
tāvat
—
from then
;
tvayā
—
by you
;
tāḍitaḥ
—
hit
;
aham
—
I
;
girirāja
—
of Govardhana Hill
;
aśmanā
—
by a stone
;
mune
—
*O sage.
Translation
Hungry for many days, I came here to eat you. Then you hit me with a stone from Govardhana Hill.
Verse text
śrī-kṛṣṇa-kṛpayā sākṣāt
kalyāṇaṁ me babhūva ha
Synonyms
śrī-kṛṣṇa
—
of Śrī Kṛṣṇa
;
kṛpayā
—
by the mercy
;
sākṣāt
—
directly
;
kalyāṇam
—
auspiciousness
;
me
—
of me
;
babhūva
—
became
;
ha
—
*indeed.
Translation
Then, by Lord Kṛṣṇa's kindness, I became very fortunate.
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
evaṁ pravadatas tasya
golokāc ca mahā-rathaḥ
sahasrāditya-saṅkāśo
hayāyuta-samanvitaḥ
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
evam
—
thus
;
pravadataḥ
—
speaking
;
tasya
—
of him
;
golokāt
—
from Goloka
;
ca
—
and
;
mahā-rathaḥ
—
a great chariot
;
sahasrāditya-saṅkāśaḥ
—
splendid as a thousand suns
;
hayāyuta-samanvitaḥ
—
*drawn by ten thousand horses.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: As the liberated soul was speaking these words, a chariot, splendid as a thousand suns and drawn by ten thousand horses, came from Goloka.
Verse text
sahasra-cakra-dhvani-bhṛl
lakṣa-pārṣada-maṇḍitaḥ
maṣjīra-kiṅkinī-jālo
manoharataro nṛpa
Synonyms
sahasra
—
a thousand
;
cakra
—
wheels
;
dhvani-bhṛt
—
with the sound
;
lakṣa-pārṣada-maṇḍitaḥ
—
decorated with a hundred thousand associates of the Lord
;
maṣjīra-kiṅkinī-jālaḥ
—
with a network of bells and thinkling ornamentsd
;
manoharataraḥ
—
extremely beautiful
;
nṛpa
—
*O king.
Translation
The chariot rumbled with a thousand wheels. It was decorated with a hundred thousand associates of the Lord. It had a great network of bells and tinkling ornaments. It was extremely beautiful.
Verse text
paśyatas tasya viprasya
tam ānetuṁ samāgataḥ
tam āgataṁ rathaṁ divyaṁ
nematur vipra-nirjarau
Synonyms
paśyataḥ
—
looking on
;
tasya
—
of him
;
viprasya
—
the brāhmaṇa
;
tam
—
him
;
ānetum
—
to take
;
samāgataḥ
—
came
;
tam
—
that
;
āgatam
—
went
;
ratham
—
chariot
;
divyam
—
splendid
;
nematuḥ
—
bowed down
;
vipra
—
the brāhmaṇa
;
nirjarau
—
*and the liberated soul.
Translation
As the brāhmaṇa looked one, the chariot approached. The brāhmaṇa and the liberated soul bowed down before the chariot.
Verse text
tataḥ samāruhya rathaṁ sa siddho
viraṣjayan maithila maṇḍalaṁ diśam
śrī-kṛṣṇalokaṁ prayayau parāt paraṁ
nikuṣja-līlā-lalitaṁ manoharam
Synonyms
tataḥ
—
then
;
samāruhya
—
ascending
;
ratham
—
the chariot
;
sa
—
he
;
siddhaḥ
—
the liberated soul
;
viraṣjayan
—
renouncing
;
maithila
—
O king of Mithilā
;
maṇḍalaṁ diśam
—
the material world
;
śrī-kṛṣṇalokam
—
to the planet of Śrī Kṛṣṇa
;
prayayau
—
went
;
parāt
—
than the greatest
;
param
—
greater
;
nikuṣja-līlā-lalitam
—
beautiful with pastime forests
;
manoharam
—
*pleasing to the heart.
Translation
Climbing the chariot, and at that moment losing all interest in his heart to stay in the material world, the liberated soul went to Śrī Kṛṣṇa's beautiful abode, graceful with many pastime gardens, the highest of all spiritual realms.
Verse text
vipro 'pi tasmāt punar āgato giriṁ
govardhanaṁ sarva-girīndra-daivatam
pradakṣiṇī-kṛtya punaḥ praṇamya taṁ
yayau gṛhaṁ maithila tat-prabhāva-vit
Synonyms
vipraḥ
—
the brāhmaṇa
;
api
—
even
;
tasmāt
—
from that
;
punaḥ
—
again
;
āgataḥ
—
went
;
giriṁ govardhanam
—
to Govardhana Hill
;
sarva-girīndra-daivatam
—
the Deity of the kings of mountains
;
pradakṣiṇī-kṛtya
—
circumambulating
;
punaḥ
—
again
;
praṇamya
—
bowing down
;
tam
—
to it
;
yayau
—
went
;
gṛham
—
home
;
maithila
—
O king of Mithilā
;
tat-prabhāva-vit
—
*aware of the power of Govardhana Hill.
Translation
Then the brāhmaṇa returned to Govardhana Hill, the Deity worshiped by the kings of mountains. Circumambulating the hill, bowing down before it, and now aware of its great power and glory, the brāhmaṇa went to his home.
Verse text
idaṁ mayā te kathitaṁ pracaṇḍaṁ
su-mukti-daṁ śrī-girirāja-khaṇḍam
śrutvā janaḥ pāpy api na pracaṇḍaṁ
svapne 'pi paśyed yamam ugra-daṇḍam
Synonyms
idam
—
this
;
mayā
—
by me
;
te
—
to you
;
kathitam
—
told
;
pracaṇḍam
—
great
;
su-mukti-dam
—
granting liberation
;
śrī-girirāja
—
of Govardhana Hill
;
khaṇḍam
—
canto
;
śrutvā
—
hearing
;
janaḥ
—
a person
;
pāpī
—
a sinner
;
api
—
even
;
na
—
not
;
pracaṇḍam
—
ferocious
;
svapne
—
in dream
;
api
—
even
;
paśyet
—
sees
;
yamam
—
yamarāja
;
ugra
—
fearsome
;
daṇḍam
—
*punishment.
Translation
Now I have spoken to you the glorious Śrī Girirāja-khaṇḍa, which brings liberation. Anyone, even if he is very sinful, who hears this khaṇḍa, will never see fearsome Yamarāja, even in a dream.
Verse text
yaḥ śṛṇoti girirāja-yasaśyaṁ gopa-rāja-nava-keli-rahasyam
deva-rāja iva so 'tra sameti
nanda-rāja iva śāntim amutra
Synonyms
yaḥ
—
one who
;
śṛṇoti
—
hears
;
girirāja-yasaśyaṁ
—
the glory of Govardhana Hill
;
gopa-rāja
—
of the king of gopas
;
nava
—
new
;
keli
—
pastimes
;
rahasyam
—
secret
;
deva-rāja
—
the king of the demigods
;
iva
—
like
;
saḥ
—
he
;
atra
—
here
;
sameti
—
attains
;
nanda-rāja
—
King Nanda
;
iva
—
like
;
śāntim
—
peace
;
amutra
—
*in the next life.
Translation
One who hears the glories of Govardhana Hill, glories that are filled with the secrets of Lord Kṛṣṇa's ever-new transcendental pastimes, will become as fortunate as King Indra in this life, and as fortunate as King Nanda in the next.